247
QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page1 Part 01: Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 2  1.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2  1.1.1 Scope of this Section 2 1.1.2 Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification 2 1.1.3 References 2 1.1.4 Precedence of Specification and Documents 2 1.2 COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 3  1.2.1 Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification 3  1.2.2 Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract 3  1.3 STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 3  1.3.1 References to Standards 3 1.3.2 Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars 3  1.3.3 Survey Marks 5 1.4 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS .......................................................................... 5  1.4.1 General 5 1.4.2  Approved 5 1.4.3 Contract 5 1.4.4 Contract Documents 5 1.4.5 Contractor 5 1.4.6 Drawings 6 1.4.7 Engineer 6 1.4.8 Engineer’s Representative 6 1.4.9 Government 6 1.4.10 Government Departments and Utility Services 6 1.4.11 Guarantee 6 1.4.12 Independent Agency 6 1.4.13 Owner 6 1.4.14 Permanent Works 6 1.4.15 Plant 7 1.4.16 Project Documentation 7 1.4.17 Singular and Plural 7 1.4.18 Site 7 1.4.19 Specifications 7 1.4.20 Specified 7 1.4.21 Temporary Works 7 1.4.22 Works 7 1.5  ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ............................................................... 7  1.5.1 General 7 1.5.2 Site Conditions 9 1.6 LANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 10  1.6.1 Contract Language 10 

Section 1 General

  • Upload
    madmax5

  • View
    213

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 1/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page1Part 01: Introduction

1  INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 2 

1.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

1.1.1 

Scope of this Section 2 

1.1.2  Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification 2 

1.1.3  References 2 

1.1.4  Precedence of Specification and Documents 2 

1.2  COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 3 

1.2.1  Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification 3 

1.2.2  Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract 3 

1.3  STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 3 

1.3.1  References to Standards 3 

1.3.2 

Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars 3 

1.3.3  Survey Marks 5 

1.4  TERMS AND DEFINITIONS .......................................................................... 5 

1.4.1  General 5 

1.4.2   Approved 5 

1.4.3  Contract 5 

1.4.4  Contract Documents 5 

1.4.5  Contractor 5 

1.4.6  Drawings 6 

1.4.7  Engineer 6 

1.4.8 

Engineer’s Representative  6 1.4.9  Government 6 

1.4.10  Government Departments and Utility Services 6 

1.4.11  Guarantee 6 

1.4.12  Independent Agency 6 

1.4.13  Owner 6 

1.4.14  Permanent Works 6 

1.4.15  Plant 7 

1.4.16  Project Documentation 7 

1.4.17  Singular and Plural 7 

1.4.18  Site 7 

1.4.19 

Specifications 7 

1.4.20  Specified 7 

1.4.21  Temporary Works 7 

1.4.22  Works 7 

1.5   ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ............................................................... 7 

1.5.1  General 7 

1.5.2  Site Conditions 9 

1.6  LANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 10 

1.6.1  Contract Language 10 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 2/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page2Part 01: Introduction

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

1.1.1 Scope of this Section

1 This Section specifies the general clauses applicable to Works being carried out in

accordance with this Specification.

1.1.2 Scope of the Qatar Construction Specification

1 The clauses in this Specification are applicable to each and every part of the Works. Their

function is to bring together all those statements which are normally common to most types

of work.

2 The Qatar Construction Specification applies to the entire Works, whether on the Site or in

yards, workshops and factories employed elsewhere in connection with the Works.

1.1.3 References

1 The following standards are referred to in this Part:

BS 6100 ......................Building and civil engineering: Vocabulary

BS ISO 80000 ............Quantities and Units

BS EN 1991-1-4 .........Eurocode 1. Actions on structures. General actions. Wind actions

BS EN 1992-1-1 .........Eurocode 2. Design of concrete structures. General rules and rules for

buildings

 ASCE/SEI 7-05 ...........Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures

Guide to the Design of Concrete Structures in the Arabian Peninsula, 2008

Seismic hazard and seismic design requirements for the Arabian Peninsula region. The 14th

World Conference on Earthquake Engineering October 2008

Civil Aviation Authority wind records. Ministry of Communication & Transport, Department of

Civil Aviation & Meterology.

1.1.4 Precedence of Specification and Documents

1 The precedence of documents shall be:

(a) Particular Conditions of Contract.

(b) General Conditions of Contract.

(c) Project Specific Specification.

(d) Project Specific and General Drawings.

(e) Qatar Construction Specification.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 3/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page3Part 01: Introduction

1.2 COMPLIANCE

1.2.1 Compliance with the Qatar Construction Specification

1 Unless otherwise stated in the Project Documentation, the Contractor shall comply with everyrequirement of the Qatar Construction Specification that is relevant to the type of work

forming any part of the Contract and shall adopt whichever permissible option or alternative

that is best suited to the needs of the construction work being undertaken.

2 Any information in the Contract documents as to the whereabouts of existing services and

mains is approximate and for the guidance of the Contractor who shall not be relieved of his

obligations under of the General Conditions of Contract .

1.2.2 Compliance with the General Conditions of Contract

1 The Qatar Construction Specification is intended for use with the General Conditions of

Contract.

2 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract in the

course of construction of the Works.

1.3 STANDARDS

1.3.1 References to Standards

1 Any standard referred to in this Specification shall be deemed to be the version and/or

standard(s), that was current forty-two days prior to the date of return of Tenders.

2 Any standard referred to in this Specification shall be taken as a reference to an equivalent

Specification.

3 The Contractor shall have copies of all referenced standards applicable to the work being

undertaken. Translations of standards not written in English shall be provided where

necessary.

1.3.2 Government Published Specifications, Regulations, Notices and Circulars

1 The works shall be executed in accordance with the following Government specifications,

regulations, notices and circulars:

(a) The General Conditions of Contract.

(b) The Qatar Construction Specification (QCS) issued by the Qatar Standards,

Laboratories and Standardisation Affairs, Ministry of Environment, 2014 and all

revisions and addenda issued by the same ministry prior to the date of the

announcement inviting tenderer.

(c) The Code of Practice and Specification for Road Openings in the Highway prepared by

the Ministry of Industry & Public Works, January 1992.

(d) The Guide for Civil Users of Explosives in Qatar prepared by the former Ministry of

Public Works.

(e) The Qatar Survey Manual prepared by the Survey Section of the former Ministry of

Industry & Public Works.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 4/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page4Part 01: Introduction

(f) The Qatar Traffic Manual prepared by the former Ministry of Public Works and the

Qatar Highway Design Manual prepared by MMAA, 1997.

(g) The Traffic Control at Road Works Manual issued by the former Ministry of Industry &

Public Works.

(h) Rules, Regulations and Code of Practice for Design and Installation of Air

Conditioning, Heating, Ventilation & Refrigeration (ACHVR) Systems for Government

Buildings, 2nd Edition, 1989, prepared by Qatar General Electricity and Water

Corporation (QGEWC).

(i) Regulations for the Installation of Electrical Wiring by the former Qatar National

Telephone Services.

(j) The Regulations for the Installation of Electrical Wiring, Electrical Equipment and Air

Conditioning Equipment, Feb 2006 Edition prepared by the Qatar General Electricity

and Water Corporation (QGEWC).

(k) Rules and Regulations for Plumbing Works prepared by the Qatar General Electricity

and Water Corporation (QGEWC).

(l) Any current and relevant regulations, notices or circulars issued by the Public Works

 Authority, Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture (including the previous Ministry of

Public Works and the previous Ministry of Industry and Public Works), Qatar General

Electricity and Water Corporation (QGEWC) (including the previous Ministry of

Electricity and Water), Qatar Telecom (Q-TEL), the Qatar Standards, the Supreme

Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves or the appropriate local Municipality

prior to the date of the announcement inviting tenderer.

(m) State of Qatar Law No. 30 of 2002 and all subsequent amendments concerning “The

Environment and Natural Resources Protection” – Articles 6, 17, 19 & 35.

(n) State of Qatar Law No. (6) of 1987 and all subsequent amendments concerning

Materials and Equipment from Qatar or other CCASG countries.

(o) The Method of Measurement for Road and Bridgeworks published by the Ministry of

Industry and Public Works, Civil Engineering Department , 1987.

(p) Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works published by the Ministry of

Public Works, Engineering Services Department, 1973.

(q) Safety Rules issued by the Electricity Networks Department of the former Ministry of

Electricity and Water.

(r) The Jointing Manual prepared by the Electricity Networks Department of the former

Ministry of Electricity and Water.

(s) The Labour Law, No. (14) of The Year 2004 Published by Labour Department of

Ministry of Civil Service Affairs & Housing, 2005.

(t) Developer’s Drainage Guide prepared by the Public Works Authority, 2007.

(u) Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007.

(v) CDD (Civil Defence Department) – Fire Safety Handbook.

(w) Civil Defence Law No. 9 of the Year 2012.

(x) Worker Rights Booklet 2009 (National Human Rights Committee).

2 The Contractor shall be deemed to have his own copy of the Government specifications,regulations, notices and circulars given at (a) to (t) above.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 5/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page5Part 01: Introduction

3 Where any standard publication, specification, regulation, notice, etc or any correspondence

refers to a Government Ministry, department, division, section, etc it will be deemed to be the

same as any successor Ministry, department, division, section, etc which has or may

subsequently be officially promulgated by the Government of the State of Qatar.

1.3.3 Survey Marks

1 The Contractor shall consult the Engineer prior to any earth or other works to determine if the

work is likely to disturb survey marks. If the Engineer requires a survey mark to be moved

the Contractor will be responsible for recreating the survey mark to an approved design and

specification, and for resurveying the point using survey companies approved by the

Engineer authority.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the survey marks within the

boundaries of the site for the duration of the contract period, and shall be liable for all costs of

any remedial work required by the Engineer.

3 On the practical completion of the Works the Engineer will issue a certificate stating that all

survey marks, whether disturbed or otherwise by the Contractor, have been reinstated or

protected to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

4 In the event of failure to comply with the requirements of this Clause the Engineer, without

prejudice to any other method of recovery, may deduct the costs of any remedial work after

the practical completion date carried out by the Engineer, from any monies in its hands or

which may become due to the Contractor.

1.4 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

1.4.1 General

1 The following terms and conditions shall apply when used within, or in association with, the

Qatar Construction Specification. Terms, which are restricted in their application to certain

types of material or workmanship, are dealt with in the appropriate Section.

2 The definitions given in the General Conditions of Contract shall apply to this specification.

1.4.2 Approved

1 means terms such as “approved’, “approved by”, “to the approval”, “as directed” and the like

refer always to approval or directions given by the Engineer in writing.

1.4.3 Contract

1 means the binding agreement entered into between the parties and the Contractor for the

construction of the Works.

1.4.4 Contract Documents

1 means documents which together form the Contract

1.4.5 Contractor

1 means the party responsible for the construction of the Works.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 6/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page6Part 01: Introduction

1.4.6 Drawings

1 The drawings included in the Project Documentation.

1.4.7 Engineer

1 means the party appointed by the Owner to administer the Contract

1.4.8 Engineer’s Representative 

1 means the party appointed from time to time by the Engineer to perform duties on behalf of

the Engineer whose authority and delegated powers shall be notified in writing to the

Contractor by the Engineer.

1.4.9 Government

1 means the Government of the State of Qatar, including its ministries and offices

1.4.10 Government Departments and Utility Services

1 means any governmental, semi-governmental, administrative, fiscal or judicial ministry,

department, commission, authority, tribunal, agency, municipality or body, and shall include

the provider of electricity, gas, water, wastewater and other public services, and any party

with a regulatory function under the laws of the State of Qatar.

1.4.11 Guarantee

1 A Guarantee is a written assurance that a material, product, component, item of equipment,

finishing or any other part of the Works meets certain defined standards or quality criteria

and/or lasts for a certain length of time.

2 A warranty is the same as a Guarantee as defined in Clause 1.4.17.1.

1.4.12 Independent Agency

1 means a party where specified in the Contract Documents or as instructed by the Engineer

as an Approved agency who is responsible for specific tasks assigned to that party by the

Contract Documents

1.4.13 Owner

1 means the party for whom the Project is being undertaken and to whom the handover of the

final product will be made.

1.4.14 Permanent Works

1 means the permanent works, forming part of the Works, to be designed and / or executed

and completed by the Contractor under the Contract.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 7/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page7Part 01: Introduction

1.4.15 Plant

1 means, irrespective of ownership, all plant, facilities, temporary structures and

accommodation, equipment, tools, appliances, apparatus, machinery, vehicles and other

things required for the design, execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of

defects, whether imported or locally supplied, but excluding Temporary Works and any other

things intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works

1.4.16 Project Documentation

1 All documents associated with and applicable to the Project Contract.

1.4.17 Singular and Plural

1 Words importing the singular only also include the plural vice versa where the context

requires.

1.4.18 Site

1 Means the places provided by the Owner where the permanent works are to be executed and

to which Plant and Materials are to be delivered, any other places that may be specified in the

Contract Documents or by an instruction of the Engineer as forming part of the Site

1.4.19 Specifications

1 All specifications contained in the Contract including any modifications or additions thereto as

may from time to time be issued or approved in writing by the Engineer.

1.4.20 Specified

1 Specified in the Project Documentation.

1.4.21 Temporary Works

1 means temporary works of every kind (other than Plant) required on the Site for the execution

and completion of the Permanent Works and the remedying of Defects.

1.4.22 Works

1 means all works, supplies and services of any kind, including Permanent Works andTemporary Works, required for the project and to satisfy the requirements of the Contract

Documents.

1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

1.5.1 General

1 Units shall generally be in accordance with the Systèm International d’Unités and the relevant

provisions of BS ISO 80000

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 8/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page8Part 01: Introduction

2 The following abbreviations are used in this Specification:

µ microns

 A ampere

C Celsius

c centid day

dia diameter

g gram (me)

h hour

ha hectare

J joule

k kilo

l litre

M mega

m metre

m milliN Newton

No. number

nr number

Pa Pascal

r radius

sec second

t tonne

V volt

W Watt

3 Reference to a technical society, institution, association or governmental authority is made in

the Specifications in accordance with the following abbreviations:

 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

 ACI American Concrete Institute

 ANSI American National Standards Institute

 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

 ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials

 AWS American Welding Society

 AWWA American Water Works Association

BS British Standard

BSI British Standard Institution

C & CA Cement and Concrete Association

CEE Commission of approval of Electrical EquipmentCIBSE Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers

CIRIA Concrete Industry Research and Information Association

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

CS Concrete Society

DIN Deutsches Institute fur Normung (German Institute for Standardization)

EIA Electronic Industries Association

EN European Standards (Euro-Norm)

FHWA Federal Highway Authority

FM Factory Mutual Engineering Division

GS Gulf Standards

ICE Institution of Civil Engineers

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

IEE Institution of Electrical Engineers

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 9/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page9Part 01: Introduction

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineering

ISO International Organization for Standardization

LPC Loss Prevention Council

LPCB Loss Prevention Certification Board

MMAA Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 

NFPA National Fire Protection Agency

PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute

PWA Public Works Authority (Ashghal)

QCS Qatar Construction Specification

QGEWC Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation

QS Qatar Standards (Laboratories and Standardisation Affairs, Ministry of

Environment)

Ooredoo Qatar Telecom Provider

SIS Swedish Standards Institute

UK DOT United Kingdom Department of Transport

UPDA Urban Planning and Development Authority

VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association for Electrical, Electronic

and Information Technologies)

1.5.2 Site Conditions

1 The Site conditions shall be assumed to be as follows for tendering purposes:

Maximum ambient temperature .......................... 50C

Minimum ambient temperature ........................... 5C

Design ambient temperature ............................... 50C

Maximum metal temperature under the sun ....... 85C

Maximum ambient humidity ................................ 100%

Minimum ambient humidity ................................. 20%

Design ambient humidity ..................................... 100%

50-year return period Wind Speed:

(a) Nominal wind speed for 3 sec gust ……… 38 m/s (A per ASCE 7 -05 / IBC 2012)

(b) Mean hourly wind speed…………….…… 25 m/s (as per BS 6399-2)

(c) Mean 10 minutes wind speed…………… 27 m/s (as per BS EN 1991-1-4)

Yearly rainfall ....................................................... 80 - 150 mm

2 The wind is very directional and that the W-NNW sector predominates for velocities greater

than 8m/s (30km/h). However, the wind in coastal areas tends to exhibit a diurnal pattern,

with onshore winds during daylight hours changing to offshore at night.

3 The temperature is relatively mild from October to May and hot from June to September.

4 The relative ambient humidity is generally low from October to May and generally high from

June to September.

5 Under certain climatic conditions, considerable condensation may take place.

6 A considerable amount of salt is contained in the atmosphere which together with the

relatively high ambient humidity, can produce sever corrosion problems.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 10/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page10Part 01: Introduction

7 Distribution and occurrence of rainfall events are very erratic. Rainfall events are generally of

a high intensity with a short duration and usually occur between December and March.

8 The prevailing wind directions are from the north and west.

9 The seismic design for all building structure shall be based upon local seismic accelerations

recommended as per ASCE 7-10, IBC 2012 or BS EN 1998-1:2004. Local seismic spectral

accelerations based upon uniform hazard response spectra for 475 year and 2475 year

return period as below.

Peak Ground Acceleration(PGA)

0.2 second Spectral Acceleration (g) - Ss 

1 second Spectral Acceleration (g) – S1 

475 year 2475 year 475 year 2475 year 475 year 2475 year

0.045 0.10 0.090 0.147 0.045 0.065

10 Wind tunnel test is recommended for buildings under below criteria

(a) Total building height exceeding 120m from ground.

(b) Structure with irregular geometry or shape.

(c) Unusual terrain or surrounding structure in the area.

(d) Any other factor as per design requirements or designer recommendation.

11 The ratio of the wind speed for any return period to the 50 year return period wind speed as

per Peterka & Shahid Equation is

VT / V50 = [0.36+0.1 ln (12T)]

12 Building structure design working life shall be minimum as specified below

Design workinglife category

Indicative designworking life (years)

Examples

1 10 Temporary structures (a) 

2 10 to 25 Replaceable structural parts, eg. Gantry girders, bearings

3 15 to 30 Storage and similar structures

4 50 to 75 Building structures and other common structures

5 120 Civil engineering structures like bridges, tunnel etc.

(a)  Structures or parts of structures that can be dismantled with intention of being reused, aren’t temporary

structures. 

1.6 LANGUAGE

1.6.1 Contract Language

1 All communications, meetings and documentation shall be in English.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 11/246

QCS 2014  Section 01: General Page 1Part 02: Use and Maintenance of the Site

2  USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE ............................................................... 2 

2.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

2.1.1  Scope 2 

2.2 

USE OF THE SITE .................................................................................................. 2 

2.2.1  General 2 

2.3  MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE ................................................................................ 2 

2.3.1  General 2 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 12/246

QCS 2014  Section 01: General Page 2Part 02: Use and Maintenance of the Site

2 USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE

2.1 GENERAL

2.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the uses and maintenance requirements of the Site.

2 Related Sections and parts are as follows:

This Section Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety

Part 11 Engineer’s Site Facilities 

Part 12 Contractor’s Site Facilities

2.2 USE OF THE SITE

2.2.1 General

1 The Site shall not be used for any purpose other than that of carrying out the Works.

2 Temporary camps, housing and cooking facilities shall not be permitted on the Site unless

otherwise stated in the Project Documentation. When temporary camps, housing and

cooking facilities are permitted they shall comply with Section 1 Part 10.

2.3 MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE

2.3.1 General

1 In accordance with the Conditions of Contract the Site, the equipment used upon it and the

Works shall be kept clean at all times.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 13/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 03: Site Access and Entry onto the Site

3  SITE ACCESS AND ENTRY ONTO THE SITE ....................................................... 2 

3.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

3.1.1  Scope 2 

3.2 

 ACCESS ROADS .................................................................................................... 2 

3.2.1  Temporary Access Roads 2 

3.3  SITE ENTRY ........................................................................................................... 2 

3.3.1  Entry onto the Site 2 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 14/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 03: Site Access and Entry onto the Site

3 SITE ACCESS AND ENTRY ONTO THE SITE

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for access to the Site including temporary access roads,

and the Contractor’s entry onto the Site. 

2 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 16 Traffic Diversions

3.2 ACCESS ROADS

3.2.1 Temporary Access Roads

1 The Contractor shall arrange for, construct, maintain and afterwards remove and reinstate

any access required for and in connection with the execution of the Works.

2 Reinstatement shall include restoring the area of any route to at least the degree of safety,

stability, drainage, level, contour and landscaping that existed at the time the Contractor is

given possession of site and all such reinstatements shall meet the minimum requirements of

the QCS

3 The Contractor is required to maintain and provide satisfactory temporary access and traffic

flow to, from and within the areas of the works. Temporary traffic signs and lighting for

temporary roads and diversions are to be in strict accordance with the requirements of the

Qatar Traffic Manual and any additional requirements instructed by the Traffic Police or the

Engineer. Details of proposals for any such measures are to be submitted by the Contractor

for approval to the Traffic Police and the Engineer prior to the implementation of the

diversions or temporary roads unless otherwise instructed. Such approval shall not relieve

the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

4 The Contractor shall maintain at all times pedestrian access to all properties fronting the

roads affected by the works.

5 The Contractor shall at all times during the Contract maintain safe and proper access to and

from adjacent buildings and properties.

6 The Contractor shall maintain at all times all the traffic signs, lighting, barriers, cones and

whatever additionally required to keep the diversions, temporary roads and pedestrian

access in a very good condition and best workable status.

3.3 SITE ENTRY

3.3.1 Entry onto the Site

1 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing 14 days in advance of his intentions to start

work. If construction of the Works includes operations in two or more areas, suchnotifications shall apply to each area.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 15/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 03: Site Access and Entry onto the Site

2 Working areas for which access is subject to time constraints shall be as detailed in the

Project Documentation.

3 Any known hazards in the working areas shall be detailed in the Project Documentation.

4 The Contractor shall keep records of the dates of his entry onto and departure from all areas

included in the Works, together with the dates of the erection and removal of temporary

hoarding, and shall furnish copies of these records when required by the Engineer.

5 The Contractor shall make a record to be agreed with the Engineer on the condition of the

Site immediately before entering for the purpose of constructing the Works.

6 Prior to commencing Work in roads the Contractor shall complete, and submit to the

Engineer, the necessary inventory forms (Road Safety Division Site Inventory form, the Street

Name Inventory etc). The Contractor shall be responsible for rectifying any damage to the

above signs in the absence of an approved inventory prior to construction.

7 Where work is required on the Owner’s plant the Contractor shall comply with the Owner’s 

permit procedure prior to commencement of work.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 16/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 04: Protection

4  PROTECTION ......................................................................................................... 2 

4.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

4.1.1  Scope 2 

4.2 

PROTECTION OF THE WORKS ............................................................................ 2 

4.2.1 

General Protection 2 

4.2.2  Protection of Finishes, Equipment and Surfaces 2 

4.3  PROTECTION OF OTHER WORKS ....................................................................... 2 

4.3.1  Protection Against Damage 2 

4.3.2  Procedure for Complaints and Claims for Damage 3 

4.3.3  4.3.3 Protection of Survey Control Points 3 

4.4  WATCHING AND LIGHTING................................................................................... 3 

4.4.1  Protection of the Public 3 

4.4.2 

Protection Against Theft 4 

4.4.3 

Protection Against Damage 4 

4.4.4  Protection Against Trespass 4 

4.4.5  Watchmen 4 

4.5  HOARDING ............................................................................................................. 4 

4.5.1 

Temporary Site Hoarding 4 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 17/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 04: Protection

4 PROTECTION

4.1 GENERAL

4.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements associated with the protection of the Works and other

works, watching and lighting and for Site hoarding.

4.2 PROTECTION OF THE WORKS

4.2.1 General Protection

1 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care and protection of the Works and

Temporary Works against damage of any kind for the duration of the Contract.

2 In the event of any damage to the Works or Temporary Works, the Contractor shall

undertake all necessary repairs at his own cost.

4.2.2 Protection of Finishes, Equipment and Surfaces

1 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the protection of finishes, equipment and

surfaces that form part of the Works. Protective coatings and wrappings shall be left on

items for as long as possible and practicable.

2 In the event of any damage to finishes, equipment or surfaces, the Contractor shall all

necessary undertake repairs at his own cost.

4.3 PROTECTION OF OTHER WORKS

4.3.1 Protection Against Damage

1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to avoid causing any unwarranted

damage to roads, land, properties, trees and other features and, during the currency of the

Contract shall deal promptly with any complaints by owners or occupiers.

2 Where any portion of the Works is close to, across, or under any existing apparatus, the

Contractor shall temporarily support and work round, under or adjacent to the apparatus in a

manner designed to avoid damage, leakage or danger, and to ensure uninterrupted operationof the apparatus.

3 Should any leakages or damage be discovered, the Contractor shall at once notify the

Engineer and the owner concerned, as appropriate and the Contractor shall afford every

facility for the repair or replacement of the apparatus affected.

4 The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage caused by him, his work people,

sub-contractors or suppliers to public or private roads, paved areas, paths, verges, trees,

shrubs, fences, boundary walls, gates, signs, drains, ducts and services during the execution

of the Contract and shall bear the cost of making good any damage to the entire satisfaction

of the local and other authorities and owners. The Contractor shall keep all private roads and

paths clean and free from dirt and debris and any obstruction associated with the works,

which would prejudice the safe and unimpeded normal use of the said roads and paths.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 18/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 19/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 04: Protection

4.4.2 Protection Against Theft

1 Further to Clause 19 of the General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall provide all

watching and lighting and everything else necessary by day and night for the protection

against theft of goods, materials, plant, etc., from the Site to whomsoever belonging.

4.4.3 Protection Against Damage

1 Further to Clause 19 of the General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall provide all

watching and lighting and everything else necessary by day and night for the protection

against damage of the Works.

4.4.4 Protection Against Trespass

1 The Contractor shall take all necessary and practicable precautions to prevent trespass onto

the Site whether it is intentional or unintentional.

4.4.5 Watchmen

1 The Contractor shall provide watchmen at the Site at all times outside of normal working

hours.

4.5 HOARDING

4.5.1 Temporary Site Hoarding

1 The Contractor shall only provide the temporary site hoarding described in this Clause where

it is stated as a requirement in the Project Documentation.

2 The site hoarding shall be painted corrugated galvanised sheet or similar, not less than 2

metres high and neat and uniform in appearance. The colour and any logos on the hoarding

shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The hoarding shall be a sufficient obstacle to

prevent the access of unauthorised persons or children and shall be complete with all

necessary entrance gates, fans, screens, guard rails and gantries as may be required to

ensure the safety of the public, occupiers of adjacent lands and of the Works.

3 The Contractor shall maintain, move and adapt the hoarding as and when required during the

progress of the Works and shall dismantle and remove upon completion of the Works.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 20/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 05: Interference

5  INTERFERENCE ........................................................................................... 2 

5.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

5.1.1  Scope 2 

5.2 

INTERFERENCE ........................................................................................... 2 

5.2.1  Land Interests 2 

5.2.2  Existing Properties 2 

5.2.3  Existing Roads 2 

5.2.4   Apparatus 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 21/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 05: Interference

5 INTERFERENCE

5.1 GENERAL

5.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements associated with interference with land interests, existing

properties, existing roads and apparatus.

2 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 15 Temporary Controls

5.2 INTERFERENCE

5.2.1 Land Interests

1 The Contractor shall confine his construction operations within the Site, or such other area of

land as may be negotiated, and shall instruct his employees not to trespass.

2 Subject to any unavoidable disturbance which may be necessitated by the execution of the

Works, the Contractor shall not interfere with land use which may be enjoyed on or near the

Site.

3 .The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his intention to utilise any land outside

the site and obtain the written approval of the Engineer before approaching any landowner for

use of their land.

4 Before exercising any right negotiated by him in connection with using land outside the site,

the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such arrangements. The details of the

arrangements shall include drawing and description of the land to be used, purpose of its use

and duration of the Contractor use of the land.

5.2.2 Existing Properties

1 .The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before interfering with access to

any property, and shall also obtain the approval of the Engineer to any alternative access

arrangements.

2 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the relevant owners and occupiers in writing

fourteen(14)days in advance of any such interference and shall confirm to the Engineer that

the alternative arrangements have been agreed with the relevant owners and occupiers.

5.2.3 Existing Roads

1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent vehicles entering and leaving the

Site depositing mud or other debris on the surface of adjacent roads or footways, and shall

remove any materials so deposited.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to public or private roads or streets

arising out of or by reason of the execution of the Works.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 22/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 05: Interference

3 The Contractor shall not permit tracked vehicles to travel along permanent or temporary

roads without the use of timber mats or other approved precautions to prevent damage.

4 The Contractors shall be held responsible for any damage caused by him, Contractor ’s

Employees, sub-contractors or suppliers to public or private roads, paved areas, paths

verges, trees, shrubs, fences, boundary walls, gates, signs, drains and buildings, ducts, and

services arising out of or by reason of the execution of the Works and shall bear cost of

making good any damage to the entire satisfaction of the local , other authorities and owners.

The Contractor shall keep all private roads and paths clean and free from dirt and debris and

any obstruction associated with the Works, which would prejudice the safe and unimpeded

normal use of the said roads and paths.

5.2.4 Apparatus

1 The Contractor shall not obstruct access to any manhole or other surface access cover.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 23/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 06: Project Meetings

6  PROJECT MEETINGS .................................................................................. 2 

6.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

6.1.1  Scope 2 

6.2  PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ................................................................ 2 

6.2.1 

General 2 6.2.2  Topics for Discussion 2 

6.3  PROGRESS MEETINGS ............................................................................... 4 

6.3.1  General 4 

6.3.2  Topics for Discussion 4 

6.4  PRE-START UP MEETING ........................................................................... 5 

6.4.1  General 5 

6.4.2  Topics for Discussion 5 

6.5  POST-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .............................................................. 5 

6.5.1  General 5 

6.5.2  Topics for Discussion 5 

6.6 

RECORD OF MEETINGS .............................................................................. 6 

6.6.1  Minutes of Meeting 6 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 24/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 06: Project Meetings

6 PROJECT MEETINGS

6.1 GENERAL

6.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the meetings that will take place before, during and after the construction

of the Works.

6.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

6.2.1 General

1 A pre-construction meeting shall be held at the Site. The Engineer shall set the date and time

of the meeting and shall notify the Contractor accordingly.

2 The Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor and their respective representatives shall attend

this meeting.

3 The Engineer shall provide the agenda a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the

meeting.

6.2.2 Topics for Discussion

1 Contractual topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

(a) Date of signing Contract Agreement.

(b) Contract sum.

(c) Starting instructions.

(d) Commencing date.

(e) Contract Period.

(f) Maintenance period.

(g) Penalties.

2 Contractor’s Obligation topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the

following:

(a) Performance Bond.

(b) Programme of Works.

(c) Insurance.

3 Site related topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

(a) Possession of the site.

(b) Access to other contractors.

(c) Engineer’s site facilities. 

(d) Contractor’s site facilities. 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 25/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 06: Project Meetings

(e) Traffic diversions.

(f) Maintenance of existing access’s. 

(g) Over head and underground services.

(h) Sub-contractors and suppliers.

(i) Approved tip off site.

(j) Project sign boards.

(k) Progress photographs.

(l) Health and Safety.

(m) Quality assurance.

(n) Environmental Considerations.

(o) Site personnel.

(p) Site inspections.

(q) Materials on site and material testing.

(r) Engineer’s overtime. 

(s) Working hours (Fridays/holidays/overtime working).

(t) Co-ordination.

4 Drawing and communication topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited

to, the following:

(a) Project correspondence.

(b) Project Documentation.

(c) Daily reports.

(d) Weekly reports.

(e) Monthly reports.

(f) Method statements.

(g) Progress meetings.

(h) Material approvals.

(i) Submittals.

5 Miscellaneous topics of discussion will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

(a) Phased completion dates.

(b) Short term programme.

(c) Variations.

(d) Any other business.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 26/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 06: Project Meetings

6.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS

6.3.1 General

1 Progress meetings shall be held once a month. Where possible and practicable, progressmeetings shall be held at the same time, day of the month and location.

2 The Engineer shall prepare the agenda and submit it to the Contractor a minimum of three

(3) working days prior to the meeting.

3 Progress Meetings shall be attended by the Engineer and his representatives and the

Contractor and his representatives. Sub-contractors may attend when involved in the matters

to be discussed or resolved but only when requested by the Engineer. In addition to the

attendees named herewith, the meeting shall be attended by representatives of utility owners,

Government departments and authorities and any other regulatory agencies having

 jurisdiction over the Project, if required, and such other persons the Engineer may designate.

4 The time and location of the progress meetings shall be as directed by the Engineer. The

Engineer shall chair the meetings.

5 The Contractor shall submit the information itemised below to the Engineer at least three (3)

working days prior to each progress meeting:

(a) A list of completed activities.

(b) A list of current activities with an estimate of time required for completion.

(c) A list of changes to planned starting dates and durations for all outstanding activities.

(d) Percentage completion for each current activity.(e) A list of activities planned to start in the next period.

(f) Health, Safety, Environmental and Quality Data and issues.

(g) Any other information required by the Engineer’s Representative. 

6 If the Contractor requires additional Progress Meetings he shall submit his request in writing

to the Engineer. For any such additional meeting:

(a) The Contractor shall provide a proposed agenda for the meeting.

(b) The Contractor shall provide the names of all personnel who are required to attend.

(c) The Engineer shall chair these meetings.

6.3.2 Topics for Discussion

1 Topics of discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

(a) Actual start and finish dates for activities completed during the update period.

(b) Remaining durations and percentage completion for all activities not completed.

(c) Logic, activity duration and cost data for Variation Order work that will be

incorporated into the construction schedule.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 27/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 06: Project Meetings

(d) Contractor’s proposed measures to recover lost time and place the Project back on

schedule by increasing manpower, materials and equipment resources and working

extended hours, additional shifts, etc.

6.4 PRE-START UP MEETING

6.4.1 General

1 A pre-start up meeting is required prior to starting up any major plant component, sub-system

or system.

2 Pre-start up meetings shall be attended by the Engineer and his representatives and the

Contractor and his representatives. If necessary, equipment manufacturers and/or suppliers

shall also attend.

3 The agenda for the meeting shall be provided by the Engineer a minimum of three (3)

working days prior to the meeting.

6.4.2 Topics for Discussion

1 Topics for discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

(a) Start-up and validation prerequisites.

(b) Start-up plan and schedule.

(c) Temporary connections.

(d) Spare parts, chemicals, and operating fluids.

(e) Health, Safety, Environmental and Quality Considerations.

(f) Other items deemed necessary by the Engineer.

6.5 POST-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

6.5.1 General

1 A post construction meeting shall be held prior to final inspection of the Work.

2 Post-construction meetings shall be attended by the Engineer, the Contractor and their

respective representatives.

3 The Agenda for the meeting shall be provided by the Engineer a minimum of three (3)

working days prior to the meeting.

6.5.2 Topics for Discussion

1 Topics for discussion will include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

(a) Discuss and resolve all unsettled matters.

(b) Guarantees and insurance.

(c) Schedules and procedures for final inspection process.

(d) Correction of defects and deficiencies.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 28/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 06: Project Meetings

(e) Documents required to be submitted by the Contractor.

(f) Other items deemed necessary by the Engineer.

6.6 RECORD OF MEETINGS

6.6.1 Minutes of Meeting

1 The Engineer will record minutes of each meeting.

2 A copy of the minutes shall be furnished to the Contractor within four (4) working days.

3 If the Contractor has any objections to the minutes he shall submit them in writing to the

Engineer not more than two (2) days after they are presented to him. In the absence of any

objection, it shall be understood and agreed that the Contractor accepts the minutes as true

and complete record of the meeting.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 29/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 07: Submittals

7  SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................... 3 

7.1 

GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 3 

7.1.1 

Scope 3 

7.1.2 

Mistakes in Information 3 

7.2 

DEFINITIONS/INTERPRETATION .......................................................................... 3 

7.2.1  Product Data and Shop Drawings 3 

7.2.2   As-Built Survey Drawings 3 

7.2.3   As-Built Record Drawings 4 

7.2.4  Manufacturer’s Representative 4

 

7.2.5 

Temporary Works Drawings 4 

7.2.6 

Samples 4 

7.2.7 

Manuals 4 

7.3 

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .................................................................................. 4 

7.3.1 

General 4 7.3.2

 

Schedule of Submittals 5 

7.3.3 

Method of Submittal 5 

7.3.4  Contractor's Review and Approval 5 

7.3.5  Corrections and Re-submission 5 

7.3.6 

Check of Returned Submittals 6 

7.3.7 

Review and Approval 6 

7.3.8 

Incomplete Submittals 6 

7.3.9 

Conformance 6 

7.3.10 

Interrelated Submittals 6 

7.4 

PROGRAMME ......................................................................................................... 7 7.4.1

 

Programme of Works 7 

7.5 

ORGANIZATION CHARTS ...................................................................................... 8 

7.5.1 

Staff Organisation Chart 8 

7.5.2 

Health and Safety Organisation Chart 8 

7.5.3 

Quality Organisation Plan 8 

7.6 

PLANS ..................................................................................................................... 9 

7.6.1  Health and Safety Plan 9 

7.6.2  Quality Assurance Plan 9 

7.6.3  Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) Schedule 9 

7.7 

SITE DIARY ............................................................................................................ 9 

7.7.1 

General 9 

7.8  REPORTS ............................................................................................................. 10 

7.8.1 

General 10 

7.8.2 

Procurement Status Reports 10 

7.8.3  Progress Report 10 

7.9 

PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................................................... 10 

7.9.1 

General 10 

7.9.2 

Pre-Construction Photographs 11 

7.9.3 

Monthly Photographs 11 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 30/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 07: Submittals

7.10 

DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................... 12 

7.10.1 

Working Drawings and Shop Drawings 12 

7.10.2 

 As-Built Record Drawings 12 

7.10.3   As-Built Survey Drawings 12 

7.10.4 

Data Delivery 13 

7.11 

MATERIALS APPROVALS .................................................................................... 15 

7.11.1 

General 15 

7.11.2 

List of Materials 15 

7.11.3 

Samples 15 

7.11.4 

Certificates 16 

7.11.5 

Manufacturer’s Guarantees and Warranties  16 

7.12 

INSTRUCTION MANUALS .................................................................................... 16 

7.12.1  Final Dossier 16 

7.12.2 

Structure of Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manual 17 

7.13 

SURVEY AND LAYOUT DETAILS ........................................................................ 19 

7.13.1 

Setting-out of the Works 19 

7.14  METHOD STATEMENTS ...................................................................................... 19 

7.14.1  General 19 

7.15 

 APPLICATIONS AND INVOICES FOR COMPLETED WORKS ............................ 19 

7.15.1 

General 19 

7.15.2 

Measurement of Quantities 19 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 31/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 07: Submittals

7 SUBMITTALS

7.1 GENERAL

7.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the general procedures and requirements for submittals.

2 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

This Section Part 9 Materials

Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety

Part 13 Setting-out of the Works

Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

Section 11 Health and Safety

7.1.2 Mistakes in Information

1 The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the extra cost, if any, occasioned by

any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in submittals supplied by him, whether they have

been approved by the Engineer or not.

7.2 DEFINITIONS/INTERPRETATION

7.2.1 Product Data and Shop Drawings

1 Product Data and Shop Drawings include drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures,

schedules, bills of materials and other data prepared specifically for the Works.

2 The information may be prepared by the Contractor, his sub-contractors, suppliers or

distributors, manufacturers or fabricators.

3 The information must illustrate or describe the manufacture, fabrication, construction and

installation of the Works or a portion thereof.

7.2.2 As-Built Survey Drawings

1 As-Built Surveys are topographical surveys that show changes to topography as a result ofthe construction of the Works. Changes to topography include the construction of new

structures and roads, demolition of existing structures and roads and the like. The As-Built

Survey Drawings shall form a comprehensive record of the topographical changes resulting

from the construction of the Works in all respects.

2 As-Built Surveys shall also show all sub-surface elements of the Works. Sub-surface

elements include pipelines, ducts, cables, chambers, manholes and the like. The As-Built

Survey Drawings shall form a comprehensive record of the sub-surface elements of the

Works as constructed in all respects.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 32/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 07: Submittals

7.2.3 As-Built Record Drawings

1 As-Built Record Drawings are drawings that show the Works as constructed in all respects.

They are in addition to the elements of the Works shown on the As-Built Survey Drawings.

2 In addition to the above, the As-Built record drawings shall include all finished horizontal and

vertical alignments, chainage, setting out, levels, and details. It shall also include all

underground services, utilities, surface features, and any additional information deemed

necessary to comprehensively represent the works.

7.2.4 Manufacturer’s Representative 

1 Manufacturer’s representatives are persons actively working at the manufacturer’s factory

with a minimum of 5 years experience. They should be familiar with the actual process of

manufacturing, installing, and operating the product they represent.

2 Sales representatives or agents are not an acceptable alternative to manufacturer’srepresentatives.

7.2.5 Temporary Works Drawings

1 Temporary Works Drawings are plans for temporary structures and facilities prepared by the

Contractor specifically for the Works.

2 Elements of work that may affect the safety of persons or property shall be checked and

certified by an approved safety inspector.

3 Calculations demonstrating adequacy of Contractor’s design shall be submitted with the

Temporary Works Drawings.

7.2.6 Samples

1 Samples are physical examples illustrating materials, equipment, or workmanship and shall

be used to establish standards by which the work will be judged.

7.2.7 Manuals

1 Manuals are manufacturer’s written installation, start-up, operating, maintenance and repair

instructions. They shall include parts lists, pictures, sketches and diagrams specific to the

equipment supplied.

7.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

7.3.1 General

1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his review and approval all drawings and data

as called for in the Project Documentation, this part or subsequently covered by variations.

2 Submittals and their contents shall be properly prepared, identified, and transmitted in

accordance with the Project Documentation or as the Engineer may otherwise direct. Where

possible and practicable, the Contractor shall present submittals on A4 size paper.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 33/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 07: Submittals

3 All submittals shall be in triplicate and electronic format unless otherwise specified in the

Project Documentation.

7.3.2 Schedule of Submittals

1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of all submittals, required by the Contract or

otherwise, showing the forecast date for submission of each item within thirty (30) days of the

start of the Contract.

2 Drawings and data shall be submitted to meet the time schedules stipulated in the Project

Documentation and where such time schedules are not specified, to meet the requirements

of the approved programme. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall allow not less

than thirty (30) days for the review of submittals by the Engineer (excluding the time

necessary for delivery or postage) and shall cause no delay in the work or the work of any

other Contractor.

3 Extension of time will not be granted because of the Contractor's failure to make timely andcorrectly prepared and presented submittals with allowance for the checking and review

periods.

7.3.3 Method of Submittal

1 The Contractor shall deliver submittals by means of dated, signed, and sequence numbered

transmittals. The transmittal shall be on the Contractor's letterhead and shall fully describe

the submittal contents. Submittals are not acceptable directly from sub-contractors,

suppliers, or manufacturers.

2 In each transmittal the Contractor shall state the Drawing numbers and Specification

Sections, Parts, and Paragraphs to which the submittal pertains. Accompanying data sheets,

catalogues and brochures shall be identified in the same manner. Where several types or

models are included in a single data sheet, catalogue or brochure, the Contractor shall delete

non-applicable portions or specifically indicate which portions are intended and applicable.

7.3.4 Contractor's Review and Approval

1 Every submittal shall bear the Contractor's review and approval stamp certifying that the

Contractor has:

(a) Reviewed, checked, and approved the submittal.

(b) Co-ordinated the contents with the requirements of the Works, the ProjectDocumentation and any related work.

(c) Determined and verified all quantities, field measurements, field construction criteria,

materials, equipment, catalogue numbers, and similar data.

7.3.5 Corrections and Re-submission

1 The Contractor shall make all required corrections and shall resubmit corrected submittals

until approved.

2 The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections

called for on previous submittals.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 34/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 07: Submittals

3 The Contractor shall identify each re-submission with the sequential number of the original

submittal followed by consecutive letters starting with "A" for first re-submission "B" for

second re-submission etc.

7.3.6 Check of Returned Submittals

1 The Contractor shall check submittals returned to him for correction and ascertain if the

corrections result in extra cost to him above that included and allowed for under the Project

Documentation and the Contract. The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer

within five (5) days if, in his opinion, such extra cost results from corrections.

2 By failing to so notify the Engineer or by starting any Work covered by a submittal, the

Contractor waives all claims for extra costs resulting from required corrections.

7.3.7 Review and Approval

1 Submittals will be reviewed only for conformance with the design concept of the Project andwith information given in the Project Documentation. The approval of a separate item as

such shall not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

2 The approval of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation

from the requirements of the Project Documentation unless otherwise agreed with, and

confirmed in writing by, the Engineer.

3 Any approval from the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or

omissions in the submittals.

7.3.8 Incomplete Submittals

1 Submittals which are incomplete, including those not correctly transmitted, not correctly titled

and identified, or not bearing the Contractor's review and approval stamp, may be returned to

the Contractor without review.

7.3.9 Conformance

1 Work shall conform to the approved submittals and all other requirements of the Project

Documentation and the Contract unless subsequently revised by an appropriate variation

order, in which case the Contractor shall prepare and submit revised submittals as may be

required.

7.3.10 Interrelated Submittals

1 Except where the preparation of a submittal is dependent upon the approval of a prior

submittal, all submittals pertaining to the same portion of the Works shall be submitted

simultaneously.

2 The Contractor shall not proceed with any related work which may be affected by the work

covered under submittals until the applicable submittals have been approved.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 35/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 07: Submittals

7.4 PROGRAMME

7.4.1 Programme of Works

1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a Programme of Works inaccordance with Clause 14 of the General Conditions of Contract.

2 The Contractor shall update the Programme of Works as required during the construction of

the Works.

3 When instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed

programme for a particular section of the Works. The detailed programme shall be an

elaboration of the overall programme and shall be in an appropriate form.

4 The Contractor shall incorporate the times of occupation of all sub-contractors in the

programme and shall make provisions for the access of other contractors as required by the

Engineer.

5 The Contractor shall submit a Programme of Works that shall include, but not be limited to

the following:

(a) General description of the arrangements and methods proposed by the Contractor to

carry out the Works.

(b) Detailed list of the Contractor’s resources (plant, equipment, vehicles, materials,

laboratory, workshop, professional personnel, specialists, labour, organization chart,

etc.) assigned to the Works.

(c) Time schedule of the mobilisation and deployment of the required resources and their

estimated average production rates to complete the Contract within the time forcompletion.

(d) The Programme required under the General Conditions of Contract.

(e) Cash-flow statement showing anticipated payments due under the Contract.

6 The Programme shall be a linked and resourced Gantt chart produced on approved project

programming software and shall show the following:

(a) The order in which the Works are to be constructed.

(b) Design periods (if applicable).

(c) Submission and approval periods for design, Operations & Maintenance (O&M)manuals, record drawings, etc.

(d) Detailed activities for each task such as excavation, pipe laying, backfill, reinstatement,

etc.

(e) Procurement, installation and commissioning periods for Mechanical, Electrical,

Instrumentation, Control and Automation (MEICA) works.

(f) Power and other services connections.

(g) Tests before and after (if applicable) completion.

7 The Contractor shall programme his work in accordance with the Contract and in such a way

that he shall not impede any other Contractor working on or adjacent to the Site.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 36/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 07: Submittals

8 For sewerage works, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall

programme his works such that he commences at the downstream manholes and continues

upstream in a logical sequence.

9 The Programme of Work shall identify when access to areas of live plant are required and

when shutdowns are required.

10 Any Programme of Work submitted with the tender documents shall be fully updated before

the start of the Works.

11 The Engineer shall give his comments on the programme within 7 days of its submission.

The Contractor shall not commence the permanent works until the Engineer has approved

his Programme of Work.

12 The approval by the Engineer of the Programme of Work shall not relieve the Contractor of

any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

13 The programme shall be submitted in electronic format and as a paper print. The paper print

may hide (roll up) activities for individual tasks in order to reduce the size and number of

prints required. The electronic version shall be fully detailed.

7.5 ORGANIZATION CHARTS

7.5.1 Staff Organisation Chart

1 The Contractor shall submit a Staff Organisation Chart for the Engineer’s approval within ten

(10) days of the start of the Contract.

2 The chart shall show the organisation of executive, administrative and supervisory personnel

associated with the Project and indicate the relationship between them where appropriate. It

shall include all personnel from Project Manager down to foreman level and give a full

description of their duties. The qualifications and experience of all personnel shown on the

chart shall be provided.

3 The Engineer may interview any of the personnel proposed by the Contractor prior to

approval.

4 The Contractor shall update the chart whenever key personnel are reassigned.

7.5.2 Health and Safety Organisation Chart

1 The Contractor shall submit a Health and Safety Organisation chart for Engineer’s approval

within Thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.

2 The Chart shall be as detailed in Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety, of this section.

7.5.3 Quality Organisation Plan

1 The Contractor shall submit a Quality Organisation Plan to the Engineer for approval no later

than 30 days from the start of the contract.

2 The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 37/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 9Part 07: Submittals

7.6 PLANS

7.6.1 Health and Safety Plan

1 The Contractor shall submit his Health and Safety Plan to the Engineer for approval no laterthan thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.

2 The plan shall be as detailed in Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety, of this Section.

7.6.2 Quality Assurance Plan

1 The Contractor shall submit his Quality Assurance Plan to the Engineer for approval no later

than thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract.

2 The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control.

7.6.3 Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) Schedule

1 The Contractor shall submit his ITP Schedule to the Engineer for approval no later 30 days

from the start of the contract.

2 The plan shall be as detailed in Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control.

7.7 SITE DIARY

7.7.1 General

1 A Site Diary shall be kept on site by the Contractor and entered daily for the duration of the

Contract. The diary must be entered neatly and legibly in English and should indicate all

visitors to the Site and the reason for the visit. The diary shall also record the following:

(a) Labour on site by trade and its allocation.

(b) Sub-contractors working on site.

(c) Material and equipment delivered to site.

(d) Material and equipment utilised.

(e) Plant, equipment and tools brought on to or removed from site including hired plant.

(f) Work progress during the day.

(g) Verbal instructions requiring written confirmation.

(h) Temperature and weather conditions.

(i) Details of any occurrence which may affect the progress of the Works.

2 The Contractor shall also supply to the Engineer, weekly returns as to the number of men

and Construction Plant employed and the nature of the Works on which they were employed.

3 The diary shall become the property of the Engineer on completion of the Works

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 38/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 07: Submittals

7.8 REPORTS

7.8.1 General

1 Where relevant, reports should be referenced to the Programme of Works.

2 The Contractor shall submit three copies of each report unless otherwise specified.

7.8.2 Procurement Status Reports

1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Procurement Status Report on a weekly basis for

the duration of the Contract. The report shall include the following:

(a) A list of materials and items procured.

(b) A list of items delivered to the site.

(c) References to all correspondence and transmittals between the Contractor and theEngineer regarding approval of such materials and items.

7.8.3 Progress Report

1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Progress Report on a monthly basis for the

duration of the Contract. The report shall be submitted to the Engineer before the seventh

day of each month. The report shall include the following:

(a) Labour employed on the Site divided into supervisory staff, tradesmen and others

giving daily totals.

(b) Labour employed on the Site by sub-contractors divided into supervisory staff,

tradesmen and others giving daily totals.

(c) Plant, tools and equipment in working order on the Site on each day.

(d) Accidents to anyone working on the Site which required medical attention.

(e) Details of monthly progress and status of the Works in general terms.

(f) The date of commencement and completion of all critical activities.

(g) Details of problem areas.

(h) Details of current or anticipated causes of delay along with their estimated impact on

progress and the corrective measures taken or proposed.

(i) Progress photographs.

7.9 PHOTOGRAPHS

7.9.1 General

1 The Contractor shall obtain a photographic record of the execution of the Works by taking

photographs from various points as the Engineer shall specify from time to time. Any

photograph which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over exposed, etc. shall be

retaken until approved by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.

2 Photographs taken in connection with the Project shall not be utilised by the Contractor for

commercial advertisement either of his organisation or of any materials or equipment used

on the Works, without the written approval of the Engineer.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 39/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 11Part 07: Submittals

3 The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer, two number photographic albums suitable for

mounting all site and progress photographs.

4 All photographic records shall consist of the required number of colour prints on photographic

paper and a digital copy

5 The Contractor shall provide six digital cameras and one digital video camera for the

exclusive use of the Engineer or his designated representative and supply software,

batteries, cables and USB flash drives or external hard drives as required. The Digital

camera shall have a minimum specification of 35-105 zoom, with a minimum of 16.0

megapixels for prints up to 20”×30”, 8GB internal memory and video/audio facility. The

cameras shall be returned to the contractor at the end of the contract period.

7.9.2 Pre-Construction Photographs

1 .The Contractor shall arrange to obtain a photographic and video record of the site before the

start of the works to fully record the existing conditions of the site and other matters ofinterest in connection with the works or their surroundings of the project, by taking

photographs and videos films from positions agreed with the engineer within 7 days of the

photographs /videos being taken. Any photograph/video which is not clear and distinct,

double exposed, over exposed, blurred, etc., shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer

at the contractor ’s expense. 

2 The number of photographs taken shall be sufficient to clearly indicate the condition of

existing conditions.

3 After approval, the Contractor shall supply two (2) prints, which shall be mounted and labelled

by the Contractor, and these shall then be signed and dated by the Contractor and the

Engineer. One set of prints shall be returned to the Contractor.

7.9.3 Monthly Photographs

1 .The Contractor shall obtain a photographic record of the execution of the works by taking

photographs from various points agreed with the Engineer at the commencement of the

works, and also as he may specify from time to time during the course of the works.

Photographs shall be taken at each of the specified points on a monthly basis until the

completion works. The number of photographs to be taken shall be as specified by the

Engineer. Any photograph which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over exposed, etc.

shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer at the contractor’s expense. Two number

125×90 mm prints of each photograph and a digital copy on CD shall be submitted to theEngineer with 7 days of the photographs being taken. The Contractor’s shall also obtain

video records showing the progress of the works, at locations and times as specified by the

Engineer. The quality and length of the video shall be as specified by the Engineer and may

be required to record specialised events or other matters of interest in connection with the

works. The video shall include the actual audio recording taken at the time and it shall be in

sync with the visual recording. Any video which is not clear and distinct, double exposed, over

exposed, blurred, etc. shall be retaken until approved by the Engineer at the Contractor’s

expense. A digital copy of the video on CD shall be submitted to the Engineer within 7 days of

the recordings being taken.

2 .A selection of those photographs as agreed with the Engineer shall be included in the

monthly reports as described in clause 7.8.3 of this part complete with labels and any

pertinent support text.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 40/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 12Part 07: Submittals

7.10 DRAWINGS

7.10.1 Working Drawings and Shop Drawings

1 Each submitted drawing shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria,materials, connections, bases, foundations, anchors, and the like, and shall be accompanied

by technical and performance data and by calculations as necessary to support the

information shown on the drawings.

2 Unless otherwise specified, each submittal shall include six (6) sets of copies and shall be

submitted at least thirty (30) days prior to beginning the work to which the drawings are

related. Three sets of copies will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required

corrections or approval.

7.10.2 As-Built Record Drawings

1 The Contractor shall prepare As-Built Record Drawings and submit them to the Engineer forapproval. Upon approval, the Contractor shall submit a further four (4) copies of each As-

Built Record Drawing to the Engineer. All As-Built Record Drawings shall be prepared on

clear white polyester film or other durable and easily reproducible medium approved by the

Engineer.

2 The Contractor shall also submit two digital copies of As-Built Record Drawings. The As-Built

Record Drawings shall be accompanied by operation and maintenance manuals, service

literature and list of spare parts where applicable.

3 The Contractor must prepare the As-Built drawings according to the latest specifications and

requirements of utility departments, including production and data delivery.

4 The Contractor may be required to obtain approvals from utility departments on the As-Built

drawings as a pre-requisite for the Engineer’s final approval. 

5 As-Built Record Drawings and other documents shall be submitted before the expiry of the

period of maintenance named in the Contract. The final completion certificate will not be

issued, and therefore the final payment will not be released before the submission by the

Contractor, and approval by the Engineer of all drawings, documents, and records of the

project. One copy of each drawing and document shall be marked for archival storage.

6 No final payment shall be made until the As-Built Record Drawings are complete in all

respects and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extrapayment or extension of time for the preparation of the As-Built Record Drawings.

7.10.3 As-Built Survey Drawings

1 The Contractor shall arrange for As-Built Survey Drawings to be prepared. The survey shall

be to the specification of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture and shall be

undertaken by a survey company on the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture’s list of

approved survey companies.

2 Where a permanent feature has been added, changed or removed the Contractor shall

conduct a topographical survey engaging an approved survey company as described in item

1 of this Clause.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 41/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 13Part 07: Submittals

3 The Contractor shall submit one (1) set of As-Built survey Drawings to the Engineer for

approval. Upon approval, the Contractor shall submit a further four (4) sets to the Engineer.

 All As-Built Survey Drawings shall be prepared on clear white polyester film or other durable

and easily reproducible medium approved by the Engineer.

4 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documentation, the Contractor shall arrange for the

 As-Built Survey Drawings to be prepared in digital (electronic) format. The digital format shall

be in accordance with requirements of the Centre for Geographic Information Systems

(CGIS). The Contractor shall also submit two digital copies of As-Built Survey Drawings. It is

the Contractor ’s responsibility to ensure that the digital data compiled by the approved survey

company is comprehensive and complete. The Contractor shall at all times during

construction, maintain a comprehensive record of all setting-out details and data for

chainage, offsets, levels and all sub-surface elements, including pipe works, ducts, cables

and any other installation required under the Contract. These records shall be verified by the

Engineer. The records shall be incorporated into the As-Built survey undertaken by the

approved survey company to form a comprehensive and complete record of the works.

5 No final payment shall be made until the As-built Survey Drawings are complete in all

respects. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra payment or extension of time for

the preparation of the As-built Survey Drawings. As-Built Survey Drawings and other

documents shall be submitted before the expiry of the period of maintenance named in the

Contract. The final completion certificate will not be issued, and therefore the final payment

will not be released before the submission by the Contractor, and approval by the Engineer of

all drawings, documents, and records of the project. One copy of each drawing and

document shall be marked for archival storage.

7.10.4 Data Delivery

1 The mapping co-ordinate system for Public Works Authority projects (horizontal and vertical

control) is based on Qatar National Grid 1995. The following parameters shall be applied for

the digital data submittal.

(a) The unit of measurement is the International Metre

(b) Transverse Mercator projection, International (Hayford Spheroid)

(c) Latitude of Origin 240 27’00” North 

(d) Longitude of Origin 510 13’00” East

(e) False Easting 200,000

(f) False Northing 300,000

(g) Semi major Axis 6 378 388.000

(h) Semi minor Axis 6 356 911.945

(i) Scale factor at Central Meridian (51 13’ E)  0.999 99

(j) 1/f 1/297

(k) e2  0.006 722 670

2 The digital data shall be submitted in the following formats:

(a) DXF files for use in AutoCAD shall be ASCII text files or otherwise agreed with

Engineer. File names should have a maximum of eight characters plus the three-

character extension (DXF).

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 42/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 14Part 07: Submittals

(b) DWG files for use in AutoCAD should have a maximum of eight characters plus the

three-character extension (DWG).

(c) A digital terrain model, including break lines and contours shall also be supplied in a

recognised format: ASCII data files, SDR MAP File, MX GENIO file or as otherwise

agreed with the Engineer.

3 The scale used shall be one-to-one scale.

4 The precision shall be double precision.

5 Feature accuracy shall be at least 0.01 metres.

6 In addition to the following and other pertinent requirements, the Contractor shall obtain the

“RD_CGIS LAYERING” *.dxf convention files from the relevant department, and arrange it as

per item 8 hereunder or otherwise agreed with Engineer.

7 Each layer shall contain only one feature type. If necessary, text may be added to a separatelayer to explain the feature type. Colours and line type of features shall be specified by and

not individual entities or blocks. Features shall not be duplicated across layers. The

Contractor shall obtain from the Engineer the most current specification detailing colour and

line type conventions.

8 Features should not be represented with user defined symbols. The following representation

shall be applied.

(a) Polygons must comprise of lines to form closed areas where possible.

(b) Line entities must be continuous, not a series of consecutive segments.

(c) Arc must be continuous radius, not a series of consecutive segments.

(d) Block entities are not allowed.

(e) User defined symbols, fonts or line types must not be used on any layer.

9 Layer names should be general descriptions of features (eg. Road centreline, kerb, walls,

bollards). A list of all layers and associated descriptions shall be provided in the submittal and

the list shall be stored in an ASCII text file called: “layers.txt”. Layer name should have up to

16 characters only and shall be restricted to letters and digits with the first character of the

name being a letter. Names shall not contain special characters such as: $, -. #. The

Contractor shall obtain from the Engineer the current specification detailing naming

conventions.

10 When the surface and other features are substantially in place, the contractor shall submit

the required *.dxf As-Built drawing files (for CGIS to execute the survey verification and

immediate update of CGIS Vector Database).

11 All information shall be supplied on CDs in the appropriate format.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 43/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 15Part 07: Submittals

7.11 MATERIALS APPROVALS

7.11.1 General

1 Submittals shall be approved before the materials or equipment covered by the submittalsare shipped out in the case of foreign supplies and delivered to the Site in the case of local

supplies.

7.11.2 List of Materials

1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of the materials to be used in the Construction

of the Works within thirty (30) days of the start of the Contract. The materials list shall be

neatly bound and shall have an index listing the contents.

2 The data for each item listed shall be explicit with regard to details of the actual items being

furnished and shall include sufficient information for the Engineer to determine that the

products submitted conform to the requirements of the Project Documentation. Suchinformation shall include but not be limited to:

(a) Manufacturer’s name and address.

(b) Trade or brand name.

(c) Local supplier's name and address.

(d) Catalogues, brochures and cuts, marked to indicate the items proposed the intendeduse.

(e) Terms and conditions of the manufacturer's guarantee and warranty.

(f) Material inspection and testing agency.

(g) Any other information to fully describe the item.

(h) Supplementary information as may be required for approval.

3 Unless otherwise specified, five (5) bound copies of the materials list shall be submitted, two

(2) of which will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required corrections or

approval.

7.11.3 Samples

1 Unless otherwise specified, each submittal shall include two sets of samples. One set of

approved samples and all disapproved samples will be returned to the Contractor.

2 Samples shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of relevant standards where

appropriate.

3 Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be labelled and properly identified with the

following:

(a) Date.

(b) Part of the Works for which offered.

(c) Specification Section, Part and applicable Paragraph numbers.

(d) Supplier/manufacturer.

(e) Product identification (trade name).

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 44/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 16Part 07: Submittals

4 Samples shall be accompanied by an approved transmittal form along with specifications and

other pertinent data required for the Engineer to determine that the material conforms to the

requirements of the Project Documentation.

5 If requested in writing by the Contractor, samples of value will be returned to the

Contractor after completion of the Work.

6 Approved samples returned to the Contractor may only be incorporated into the Works upon

written approval of the Engineer.

7.11.4 Certificates

1 When stated in the Project Documentation or requested by the Engineer in writing, the

Contractor shall submit manufacturer’s certificates indicating that test results, component

manufacture or installation complies with the requirements of the Project Documentation.

2 A statement from the Contractor, sub-contractor, equipment supplier, or agent indicating theproduct installation complies with the requirements of the Project Documentation shall not be

considered as a certificate.

7.11.5 Manufacturer’s Guarantees and Warranties 

1 Manufacturer’s Guarantees and Warrantees shall be submitted prior to handover and final

acceptance.

7.12 INSTRUCTION MANUALS

7.12.1 Final Dossier

1 The contractor shall submit final dossiers covering all civil, mechanical, electrical activities

and machinery installed in the work.

2 Contractor shall submit index of final dossiers to engineer for approval. This index shall be

included with the below points but not limited to:

(a) Engineering Documents (detailed as below, but not limited to):

(i) Philosophy.

(ii) Latest revision of the project specifications.

(iii) Geotechnical investigation reports (profile, survey, etc.).

(iv) Technical approvals.

(b) Quality Records:

(i) Construction inspection records as per QC Plan(s) or ITP(s).

(ii) Authorised certifications (i.e. lifting equipment, lab records, etc.).

(iii) Calibration test certificates.

(iv) Process and/or personal qualification records.

(v) Non conformities reports.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 45/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 17Part 07: Submittals

(c) Operation & Maintenance Manuals (soft and hard copy):

(i) Guarantees & warrantees.

(ii) List of equipment (brand name, type, model, range and serial numbers).

(iii) Original catalogues.

(iv) Manufacturer s’ final documents and certifications.

(v) Manufacturer s’ operation & maintenance guidelines.

(vi) Circuit drawings of brought out electrical equipment i.e. panel, generator, fire

alarm system etc.

(vii) Part lists and equipment drawings.

(viii) Spare part lists (for regular and overhauling maintenance separately and easy to

use).

(d) Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) - Documents & Records

(e) Training

(i) Orientation plan.

(ii) Training material.

(iii) Training records.

(f) As-Built Drawings (soft and hard copy):

(i) List of As-Built drawing including revisions which are to be divided unit wise

and/or discipline wise.

(ii) As-Built drawings.

(g) Project Commissioning & Handover Records:

(i) Commissioning plan.

(ii) Commissioning records & certificates.

(iii) Handing over records including closed snag lists.

(h) Photographs

7.12.2 Structure of Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manual

1 This specification defines the production of installation, operation and maintenance manuals

and similar documents so that they provide information about plant and processes in aconsistent and informative way that shall make the documents easy to use. Manuals shall be

presented electronically and on paper. Documents from an electronic source shall, when

printed, conform to the requirements for documents presented on paper.

2 General Requirements:

(a) The plant operating manuals shall contain information relevant to the operation of the

plant installed. This information shall include descriptions of the plant together with

operating instructions and maintenance requirements.

(b) The content shall be suitable for plant operators who are experienced in the operation

of similar equipment and have a basic technical knowledge. The descriptions shall be

clear and concise. Illustrations and schematics shall be used where necessary

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 46/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 18Part 07: Submittals

(c) Manuals shall be produced using word processor for text and CAD for drawings.

(d) Text produced by the contractor/consultant describing the specific operation and/or

maintenance of an asset, which is contained within an operations manual, shall be

generated via a word processor and supplied to the Owner in Adobe Acrobat format or

otherwise agreed with Engineer.

(e) Technical manuals when provided on paper shall be contained in A4 size, 4-ring, and

durable, hard-backed, white standard PVC covered binders, strong enough to last the

expected life duration of the plant.

(f) The manual shall be provided in several volumes as appropriate to the size and

complexity of the plant. Each of the volumes shall not be greater than 38mm thick

when printed.

(g) The covers shall have a clear PVC pocket on the front and on the spine for top entry

insertion of a white title card on which shall be printed the following information:

(i) Owner.

(ii) Name of location.

(iii) Title of manual (name of the plant).

(iv) Description of manual.

(v) Volume of manual in the series.

(vi) Reference/sequence number of the manual.

(vii) Content of the volume.

(viii) Contract reference number.

(ix) Full name, address, telephone number and fax numbers of the supplier.

(x) Name of author or editor of the manual.

3 Writing Operating Instructions

(a)  All operations instructions shall use ‘plain English language’ to reduce reader

difficulties. Statements shall be simple and short for easy comprehension; equipment

locations shall be clearly stated.

(b) It may be valuable to begin the instructions with:

(i) A condition:

(ii) “If the pressure drops more than 5 bars, raise the…”  (iii) A time phrase/clause:

(iv) “When the meter displays Y, close the…” 

(v) A location phrase/clause:

(vi) “In the control room, turn…” 

(vii) A specification of tool or piece of equipment:

(viii) “Using a screwdriver, remove…” 

(ix) A sitting phrase/clause:

(x) “At instruments a, switch…” 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 47/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 19Part 07: Submittals

4 Page and Sheet Layout

(a) Text sheets shall be A4 size (portrait) having 4 No. punched holes and A3 sizedrawings (landscape), folded twice with title in bottom right hand corner.

(b) Full size drawings in plastic wallet placed at rear.

(c) The bottom of each page shall define the manual reference number, issue numberwith date (month/year) and page number.

(d) The issue number commences at ‘1' on initial printing and shall be raised each timethe page is altered in any way.

(e) Each page within a volume shall be numbered in sequence, including illustrationspages, starting at the first page of the contents list.

7.13 SURVEY AND LAYOUT DETAILS

7.13.1 Setting-out of the Works

1 Submittals associated with setting-out of the Works shall comply with the relevant provisionsof Part 13 of this Section, Setting out of the Works.

7.14 METHOD STATEMENTS

7.14.1 General

1 There is a legal requirement for Contractor including employers and self employed to developand submit for comments to the Engineer suitable and sufficient written method of work(commonly known as method statement) for his work activities.

2 The above is also to be completed as and when instructed by the Engineer for any identified

work activity and submitted as per the timescales to be specified by the Engineer.

3 The legal requirement is in the Regulatory Document Section 11 Part 1 in particular section1.1.7 (Risk Assessments and Method Statement).

4 Guidance on compliance with the requirement in regards to method statement is found inSection 11 Part 2 in particular section 2.4 (Risk Assessment and Method Statement)

7.15 APPLICATIONS AND INVOICES FOR COMPLETED WORKS

7.15.1 General

1 Applications and invoices for completed Works shall be submitted in accordance with the

Conditions of Contract.

7.15.2 Measurement of Quantities

1 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with all assistance, as and when required for themeasurement of all quantities. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation andduplication of all calculations, cross-sections and other drawings related to quantities ininterim payments. These shall be submitted in draft to the Engineer in sufficient time toenable him to check and agree them before submission for payments.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 48/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 08: Building Demolition

BUILDING DEMOLITION ......................................................................................... 2 

8.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

8.1.1  Scope 2 

8.1.2  References 2 

8.1.3 

Definitions 2 

8.1.4  Records 3 

8.1.5  Materials Arising 3 

8.1.6  Safety 3 

8.1.7  Use Of Explosive 4 

8.1.8  Special Investigations 5 

8.2  BUILDING DEMOLITION ......................................................................................... 5 

8.2.1  Scope 5 

8.2.2  References 5 

8.2.3  General Requirements 6 

8.2.4 

Standard Demolition 6 

8.2.5  Utility Services 8 

8.2.6  Special Demolition 8 

8.2.7  Selective Demolition 9 

8.2.8  Temporary Work 9 

8.3 

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................... 10 

8.3.1 

Scope 10 

8.3.2 

Relevant Authorities 10 

8.3.3 

Method Statement 10 

8.3.4 

Special Precautions 11 

8.3.5 

Disposal 12 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 49/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 08: Building Demolition

8 BUILDING DEMOLITION

8.1 GENERAL

8.1.1 Scope

1 This Section specifies the requirements for demolition work, disposal of materials arising

from demolition work, and procedures for dealing with hazardous materials encountered

during demolition work.

2 Related Sections are as follows:

Section 1 General

Section 6 Roadworks

Section 12 Earthworks Related to Buildings

Section 28 Landscaping

8.1.2 References

1 The following standards are referred to in this Section:

BS 5607 ..................... Safe use of explosives in the construction industry

BS 6657 ..................... Guide to prevention of inadvertent initiation of electro-explosive

devices by radio-frequency radiation.

8.1.3 Definitions

1 Demolition Work done to dismantle or take apart and remove an existing

building or facility.

2 Hazardous Materials General term to encompass any and all materials which have

been contaminated by substances which are dangerous or

potentially dangerous to the public. It is inclusive of materials

which if not properly contained could continue to spread and

contaminate soil, ground water or become airborne.

3 Materials Arising Any parts or portions of building materials or accessories

which are removed or salvaged once the demolition processbegins.

4 Method Statement The defined method or process to be followed for demolition

of a specific project.

5 Selective Demolition Typically refers to demolition work done to only parts of

buildings or facilities for retrofit for renovation type work.

6 Unsafe, unstable In reference to this Section, this is interpreted to mean a

building or structure or condition which is dangerous to the

safety of the public.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 50/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 08: Building Demolition

8.1.4 Records

1 Documentation

(a) All available plans of the structure to be demolished are to be examined and where

the nature of the construction is uncertain a special investigation is to be carried out as

agreed with the Engineer.

(b) Adjacent buildings or structures will be inspected and their existing interior and

exterior condition shall be documented prior to and after demolition in writing or

photographs or both.

8.1.5 Materials Arising

1 General Requirement

(a) All materials arising from the demolitions are to become the property of the Contractor

unless otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.(b) Materials arising shall be cleared from the site as the work proceeds in an approved

manner.

(c) Materials arising from the demolitions and alterations are not to be burnt on site.

(d) Removal operations for materials arising should be conducted with the least

interference to the public and not be started until approved by the Engineer. The

Engineer has the right to reject off-site disposal plans if disposal would leave an

unsightly condition anywhere.

8.1.6 Safety

1 Safety Requirements

(a) The Contractor is to provide safeguards, including warning signs, barricades,

temporary fences as required for the protection of the public and Site personnel during

demolition and removal operations. The safeguards are to be maintained until

demolition and removal operations are complete.

(b) Within populated or trafficked areas and when adjacent to other structures the

Contractor is to provide enclosed rubbish chutes from each floor to carry debris into

disposal trucks/skips. Overhead bridges of tight board or prefabricated metal

construction to be provided at rubbish chutes to protect persons and property from

falling debris.

(c) The Contractor shall conduct his operations in a manner that minimises the spread of

flying particles and dust. Rubbish and debris shall to be sprinkled with water to keep

dust to a minimum.

(d) In addition, the following safety rules shall be observed in the performance of the

work:

(i) No wall or part of wall shall be permitted to fall outwardly from structures.

(ii) If the building is to be demolished storey by storey, at least one stairway in each

structure shall be maintained in usable condition to highest remaining floor.

(iii) Stairways are to be kept free of obstructions and debris until that level of

structure has been removed.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 51/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 08: Building Demolition

(iv) Wherever a cutting torch or other equipment that might cause a fire is used,

provide and maintain fire extinguishers nearby ready for immediate use; all

possible users are to be instructed in use of fire extinguishers.

(v) Hydrants are to be accessible at all time; no debris is to be permitted to

accumulate within a radius of 4 metres of fire hydrants.

(e) The Contractor will at all times comply with the requirements of the Civil Defence

Department.

(f) In the case of structures that are to be partly demolished, the condition of those parts

of the structure that are to be retained shall be checked for safety and stability before

any demolition work begins. Similarly, the condition of adjoining properties which may

be affected by the demolition shall be checked for safety and stability before any

demolition work begins.

(g) Independently supported platforms are to be provided to avoid working form that part

of the structure being demolished.

(h) Isolated walls should not be left unshored unless they are structurally stable against

wind and other forces likely to affect them.

8.1.7 Use Of Explosive

1 General Description

(a) When the use of explosives is necessary for the carrying out of the work, the

Contractor is to exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property. The

Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosive.

(b) All explosives are to be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all the

requirements of the Police, Civil Defence Department and the manufacturer of theexplosive. All such storage places are to be clearly marked, “DANGEROUS -

EXPLOSIVES”, in English and Arabic and shall be in the care of a competent

watchman.

(c) Explosives will not be stored closer than 300 metres from any road, building, camping

area or place of human occupancy.

2 Procedures

(a) The Contractor is to notify each public utility department having structures in proximity

to the Site of his intention to use explosive. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in

advance in order to enable the said authorities to take such steps as they may deemnecessary to protect their property from damage.

(b) The written consent of the Engineer is to be obtained for each proposal of the

Contractor to use explosives.

(c) Where blasting is proposed adjacent to a building or other structure, existing or under

construction, the Contractor will satisfy the Engineer that safe values of vibrational

amplitude and peak particle velocity will not be exceeded.

(d) The Contractor is to comply with the provisions of BS 6657 in respect of the use of

electrical detonators in the vicinity of static and mobile radio transmitters, including

normal radio and television broadcasting stations and radar units associated with

aircraft movements.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 52/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 08: Building Demolition

(e) The handling, transport and use of explosives will be in accordance with the relevant

provisions of BS 5607. Explosives are to be used in the quantities and manner

recommended by the manufacturers.

8.1.8 Special Investigations

1 General Description

(a) The Contractor is to ascertain from the responsible authority whether any mains or

services need to be redirected or cut-off. The Contractor shall conform to any

procedures prescribed by the relevant authority and the Engineer.

(b) Notwithstanding any information supplied by the Engineer, the Contractor is to take all

necessary steps to establish the presence of any stressed components, supporting

walls and the like in the structures to be demolished.

(c) Where special circumstances such as unknown soil conditions exist (which could

reveal hazardous material) or where the structural components of the building support

system are unknown, additional investigations as necessary will be performed. The

cost of such investigations shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise stated in

the Project Documentation.

8.2 BUILDING DEMOLITION

8.2.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies procedures and requirements for demolition and removal of buildings,

structures and related service utilities. The scope of demolition or renovation work is

specified for three categories of demolition:

(a) Standard Demolition - typical type demolition work

(b) Special Demolition - demolition of partially collapsed or unsafe structures

(c) Selective Demolition - demolition required for alteration or expansion type work

2 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

This Section Part 1 General

Part 3 Hazardous Materials

Section 1 General

Section 12 Earthworks Related to Buildings

Section 28 Landscaping

8.2.2 References

1 The following standards are referred to in this Part:

BS 5607 ..................... Safe use of explosives in the construction industry

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 53/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 08: Building Demolition

8.2.3 General Requirements

1 Unless otherwise indicated in the Project Documentation or directed by the Engineer, the

Contractor is to complete the demolition and removal of buildings and structures together

with all foundations and retaining walls, piers, partitions and columns, and associated service

utilities.

2 The demolition is to be carried out in a planned and safe sequence, generally in reverse

order of erection, reducing the shell of the building in small lifts.

3 The Contractor is responsible for the removal and disposal of all debris resulting from

demolition work.

4 Upon hand over of the Site to the Contractor, the Contractor is to take over all responsibility

of the buildings to be demolished.

5 The Contractor is to inspect each building he is to remove and determine for himself thework involved and the equipment and the materials required for the specified demolition

work.

6 The Contractor shall at his own expense, make good any damage done to other property

during demolition Works.

8.2.4 Standard Demolition

1 Method Statement

(a) The Contractor is to prepare a method statement which shall detail all aspects

proposed demolition work and associated procedures before commencing anydemolition work. The method statement shall be approved by the Engineer before any

demolition work commences. The Method Statement is to incorporate the

requirements of Part 1 of this Section.

(b) The Contractor shall establish whether any stressed components are present in the

structure. The Contractor shall include a complete statement of his proposed method

of demolition of such components in his method statement.

(c) The Contractor shall establish whether any of the walls of the structure to be

demolished are load bearing and shall establish whether cross walls are bonded into

the abutting walls. The Contractor shall identify such walls in his method statement.

2 Execution

(a) The Contractor shall completely demolish and remove buildings and structures,

including all services related or connected thereto, as noted below:

(i) To minimum depth of 900 mm below finished grade in areas new paving is to be

placed unless greater depth is required for installation of new utility service

lines.

(ii) To full depth within an area defined by hypothetical lines located 1.5 m outside

building lines of new structures.

(iii) To minimum depth of 600 mm below finished grade in all other areas unless

greater depth is required for installation of new utility service lines.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 54/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 08: Building Demolition

(b) Debris, including brick, concrete, stone, metals and similar materials are to become

the property of contractor and be disposed of by him, off the Site. Concrete slabs

below grade that do not require removal from the site are to be broken up into pieces

not exceeding 60 cm2.

(c) In removing buildings and structures of more than two stories, demolition work shallstart at the highest level and progressing down to third floor level. Demolition of first

and second stories may proceed simultaneously.

(d) Where explosives are to be used, comply with Part 1 of this Section and BS 5607.

(e) The Contractor is to conduct his operations in such a manner as to avoid danger to

persons and property. Once demolition work has started on any building, the work on

that building is to be continued to completion, promptly and expeditiously.

(f) Where building basements exist and the area is not to be reused, all debris is to be

removed from the basement areas and concrete floors broken. The areas are then to

be filled with backfill material simultaneously with the breaking of the foundation walls

and floors so that the backfill material will be integrated with the pieces of broken

concrete.

(g) Concrete slabs resting on earth and forming footpaths, driveways, or the first floor of

buildings without basements are to be broken up and removed from the Site unless

otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.

(h) The Contractor is responsible for removing any additional small “out” buildings or

miscellaneous structures that have not been indicated in the Project Documentation

unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer.

(i) Immediately upon award of the Contract and prior to the demolition of any structures,

the Contractor is required to paint or stencil in contrasting colours of an oil or lead-

based paint “BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED” on all four sides of each residential

building and on two opposite sides of other structures in Arabic and English. The

signs are to be positioned in a prominent location on the structure so that they can be

easily seen and read, and at a sufficient height to prevent defacing.

(j) Existing underground storage tanks on the Site or within the buildings to be

demolished are to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor is

to take all necessary precautions during the removal of the fluid within the tanks.

Where tanks are removed, the Contractor is to backfill the resulting void with the fine

aggregate. This backfill is to be compacted in accordance with Section 3, Earthworks

Related to Buildings.

(k) Structures designated to become the property of the Contractor are to be removedfrom the Site.

(l) Operations necessary for the removal of an existing structure or obstruction, which

may damage new construction, are to be completed prior to placing the new work

unless otherwise specified in the Project Documentation.

(m) Where trees have been designated to remain, but are a hindrance to demolition work,

the Contractor is to, at his own expense, temporarily relocate such trees and provide

all maintenance as necessary until such time as replanting is feasible.

(n) Excavation to locate the disused services and backfill after the removal of the services

installation shall be carried out in accordance with applicable Sections in the QCS and

Project Specification.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 55/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 08: Building Demolition

8.2.5 Utility Services

1 Demolition Related Work

(a) The Contractor is to arrange for the disconnection of all utilities that serve buildings in

accordance with the respective requirements and regulations of the relevant authority.

(b) The Contractor shall liase directly with the service utility authorities to assertion correct

procedures and safe working practices related to disconnection of each particular

utility service.

(c) The Contractor is to disconnect and properly seal, in a manner approved by the

relevant authority and the Engineer, all sewer outlets that serve buildings to be

demolished. The Contractor will keep the Engineer informed of his plans for the

performance of any work in connection with the sealing off of such outlets in order that

proper inspection may be provided at the time the work is performed.

(d) Demolition of utilities shall be in accordance with Part 1 and Clause 2.2 of this Section

unless otherwise required by the Project Documentation.

(e) The Contractor shall demolish and remove external utility service lines as follows:

(i) Abandoned portions of utility lines located outside areas of new buildings, or

new roads, footpaths and parking areas that are less than 650 mm below

proposed finished ground levels.

(ii) Abandoned portions of utility lines which occur within areas of new buildings,

roads, footpaths and parking areas.

(iii) Abandoned utility lines that would interfere with installation of new utility lines.

(iv) Other abandoned lines not specified that interface with performance of the work

of this contract.

(f) Unless otherwise stated elsewhere in the Project Documentation, the point of

disconnection of utility services shall be at a point agreed with by the utility owner.

8.2.6 Special Demolition

1 Scope

(a) This Clause specifies the requirements and precautions to be taken where demolition

and removal of materials is required within buildings or structures which are partially

collapsed or considered unsafe.

2 Method Statement

(a) The requirements as set forth by Clause 2.2 of this Section will apply unless stated

otherwise in the Project Documentation.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 56/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 9Part 08: Building Demolition

3 General Requirements

(a) Where demolition is to be done within partially collapsed or unsafe buildings,

additional site specific investigations will need to be made by qualified engineers or

specialists to determine if temporary shoring or other measures must be taken for

safety of workers, the Public or other adjacent structures of properties. The

Contractor is responsible for arranging for such investigations to be made before any

demolition work commences. The Contractor shall incorporate the findings and

results of the investigation in his method statement. The cost of any specific

investigations, as described in this paragraph, shall be borne by the Contractor unless

otherwise stated in the Project Documentation.

8.2.7 Selective Demolition

1 Scope

(a) This Clause specifies the requirements and precautions to be taken where only parts

of the interior or exterior of buildings are to be demolished, removed or replaced. This

may include renovation or remodelling work, additions or expansions.

2 Method Statement

(a) The requirements as set forth by Clause 2.2 of this Section will apply unless stated

otherwise in the Project Documentation.

3 General Requirements

(a) Demolition work in alterations are to be undertaken with the maximum consideration

for the surrounding structure and are to be limited to the minimum required in order to

carry out the work. The manner and order of the work, including the design andprovision of any supports and other safety precautions, will be the Contractor’s

responsibility and shall be fully detailed in the method statement.

(b) The design of any shoring and supports necessary to maintain the stability of any

structure retained after the demolition of adjoining property are to be submitted to the

Engineer for approval. The responsibility for the sufficiency of the design is to rest

with the Contractor, notwithstanding the approval of the Engineer.

8.2.8 Temporary Work

1 General Requirements

(a) The Contractor is to provide temporary works for protection of existing roads,

footpaths, utilities, and structures where and when necessary.

(b) Support is to be provided for members of framed structures before cutting them.

(c) Where a structure’s stability may be affected by the demolition of a member,

temporary bracing, and guys, are to be provided to restrain the remaining members.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 57/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 08: Building Demolition

8.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

8.3.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies requirements and procedures for the Contractor when encounteringpotential or known hazardous or toxic waste.

2 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

This Section Part 1 General

Part 2 Building Demolition

Section 1 General

Section 12 Earthworks Related to Buildings

Section 28 Landscaping

8.3.2 Relevant Authorities

1 Procedures and Contacts

(a) The Contractor shall contact and co-ordinate with respective Government agencies in

order to ensure correct implementation of approved methods and procedures to be

carried out by the Contractor in connection with the removal or containment of

hazardous materials. This is especially to be undertaken for the following:

(i) Prior to initiation of any work at the Site where known hazardous materials exist.

(ii) Immediately upon question, suspicion, or finding of hazardous materials duringdemolition; all work should cease under this situation, with exception of

immediate precautions taken to provide containment or until further direction or

approval is given by the Engineer.

8.3.3 Method Statement

1 Hazardous and Toxic Waste

(a) When the Contractor’s operations encounter or expose any abnormal condition which

may indicate the presence of a hazardous or toxic waste, such operations are to be

discontinued in the vicinity of the abnormal condition and the Engineer is to be notified

immediately. The presence of the following may be indicators of hazardous or toxicwastes and are to be treated with extraordinary caution:

(i) Tanks or barrels.

(ii) Discolored earth, metal, wood, ground water, etc.

(iii) Visible fumes.

(iv) Abnormal odours.

(v) Excessively hot earth.

(vi) Smoke.

(vii) Other conditions which appear abnormal.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 58/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 11Part 08: Building Demolition

(b) Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to the following:

(i) Anhydrous ammonia.

(ii) Combustible liquids, compressed gasses.

(iii) Dip tanks, flammable liquids.

(iv) Hydrogen.

(v) Liquid petroleum gasses.

(vi) Nitrous oxide.

(vii) Spray finishing.

(c) Every effort is to be made by the Contractor to minimise the spread of any hazardous

or toxic waste into uncontaminated areas.

8.3.4 Special Precautions

1 Public Safety Measures

(a) The Contractor is to provide all safety measures to protect the public from harmful

hazardous materials as required by respective authorities.

(b) The Contractor’s operations will not resume until so directed by the Engineer if any

safety measures are found to be inadequate for protection from hazardous material

conditions encountered during work.

2 Environmental Safety Measures

(a) The Contractor is to follow and implement all procedures defined or required by

related environmental or public safety authorities. These precautions will be taken atall times during the removal or confinement of hazardous materials, whether known or

suspected.

(b) The Contractor is to have present at the Site, a representative of the related approval

authority during removal or confinement work, if it is a requirement the approval

authority.

(c) If previously defined safety measures are found not to exist for the type of hazardous

materials in question, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to establish procedures

and methodology to be implemented. The procedures and methodology shall be to

the approval of the Engineer.

(d) Removal or containment work is to be performed under the constant direction andsupervision of pre-approved personnel experienced with working with hazardous

materials.

3 Documentation

(a) The Contractor is to be responsible for processing and approval of any documentation

relating to procedures required by governmental or agencies related to procedures for

removal or containment of hazardous materials.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 59/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 12Part 08: Building Demolition

8.3.5 Disposal

1 Safe Disposal

(a) Disposal of hazardous materials will be made in accordance with the requirements

and regulations of the relevant authority.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 60/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 09: Materials

9  MATERIALS ............................................................................................................ 2 

9.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

9.1.1  Scope 2 

9.1.2  Materials from AGCC States 2 

9.1.3  Product Data 2 

9.1.4 

Quality of Materials 2 

9.1.5 

Manufacturer’s Instructions  3 

9.1.6 

Samples 3 

9.1.7  Shop Drawings 4 

9.1.8 

 Alternative Materials 4 

9.1.9 

Owner Furnished Materials 4 

9.1.10  Delivery of Materials to Government Stores 4 

9.2  MATERIALS ............................................................................................................ 5 

9.2.1  Ordering Materials 5 

9.2.2  Delivery of Materials to the Site 5 

9.2.3 

Handling or Materials 5 

9.2.4 

Storage of Materials on the Site 5 

9.2.5 

Protection of Materials 6 

9.3  TESTING OF MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 6 

9.3.1  General 6 

9.3.2  In-situ Testing and Nuclear Density Measuring Devices 7 

9.3.3  Test Certificates 8 

9.4 

SPECIAL MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 8 

9.4.1 

Proprietary Articles and Systems 8 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 61/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 09: Materials

9 MATERIALS 

9.1 GENERAL

9.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for materials incorporated in the Works. In the context

of this Part, components and items of equipment are to be considered as materials and all

requirements applicable to materials are likewise applicable to components and items of

equipment.

2 The following Sections and Parts are referred to in this part:

This Section

Part 7 Submittals

Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

9.1.2 Materials from AGCC States

1 All materials and components for the Works shall be obtained from the member states of the

 Arab Gulf Co-operation Council unless the Engineer approves the use of alternative sources.

9.1.3 Product Data

1 Unless otherwise agreed with the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit product data for all

materials to be incorporated in the Works.

2 Product data shall be explicit with regard to the actual material to be incorporated in the

Works.

3 Product data shall include, but not be limited to:

(a) Size and dimensions of product.

(b) Fittings and fixings associated with product.

(c) Colour and surface finish of product.

4 The product data shall provide sufficient information for the Engineer to determine that the

products submitted conform to the requirements of the Project Documentation.

5 Where product data submittals include manufacturer’s catalogues which detail more than

one product or size, capacity etc. of the same product, the Contractor shall clearly indicate

which product is being presented for approval.

6 Product data shall be presented on A4 size paper and electronic format w henever possible.

9.1.4 Quality of Materials

1 All materials required to comply with a particular national or international standard shall be

marked with the certified trade mark associated with the organisation responsible for the

standard. The mark of conformity of any approved third party certification body or an

equivalent mark shall be an acceptable alternative to this requirement.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 62/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 09: Materials

2 The requirements of Clause 9.1.4 shall not apply where the Engineer is satisfied and

confirms to the Contractor in writing that third party quality assured materials are not readily

available or appropriate. In such cases, and where materials are required to comply with a

particular standard or its equivalent, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer test

certificates, furnished by the supplier or manufacturer of the materials, indicating compliancewith the relevant standard.

3 As soon as possible after the Contract has been awarded, the Contractor shall submit to the

Engineer for his approval a list of proposed suppliers and sources of materials required for

the execution of the Works.

4 Names of additional suppliers and sources of materials may be submitted by the Contractor

during the execution of the Contract, but no source of supply shall be changed without the

Engineer’s approval. 

5 A single source of supply shall be used for materials which have characteristics that:

(a) Differ according to source of supply or manufacture.

(b) Could affect the appearance of the completed Works.

(c) Could affect the performance of the completed Works.

6 All materials and equipment incorporated in the Works shall be designed and manufactured

or constructed to withstand the climatic conditions experienced in Qatar.

9.1.5 Manufacturer’s Instructions 

1 Unless otherwise described in the Project Documentation, the use, installation, application or

fixing of materials shall be in accordance with all applicable recommendations andinstructions of the manufacturers.

2 The Contractor shall obtain the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations relating to

all materials and proprietary articles and systems to be incorporated in the Works, and shall

keep copies of the same on site at all times for the information of the Engineer. Such

instructions and recommendation shall be considered to be part of this Specification.

3 Where appropriate, the Contractor shall make use of any technical advisory service offered

by manufacturers regarding use and installation of materials.

9.1.6 Samples

1 Samples shall be provided when requested by the Engineer or instructed by the Project

Documentation. Materials subsequently supplied shall conform to the quality of the samples

which have been approved by the Engineer.

2 Each sample shall bear a securely fixed label bearing the following information:

(a) Project identification.

(b) Contractor identification.

(c) Sample identification including all information as to manufacturer, model, catalogue

number, finish, etc.

(d) Space for approval signature of the Engineer.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 63/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 09: Materials

3 Where approval of materials is required, samples or other evidence of suitability shall be

submitted to the Engineer for approval. No such material shall be ordered or used until

written approval is received from the Engineer.

4 Where samples of finished work are specified, works shall not proceed until the Engineer has

approved the sample of the finished work. Samples of finished work shall be made under

conditions similar to those which will be experienced during the construction of the Works.

5 Samples which have been approved shall be carefully protected and maintained in a manner

which will not allow them to deteriorate. Unless otherwise specified or forming part of the

finished Works, samples shall be removed when no longer required by the Engineer.

6 All materials and workmanship shall be up to the standard of the approved samples.

7 Samples shall be of sufficient size to indicate the general visual effect. The minimum

acceptable size of sheet materials shall be 300 x 300 mm.

9.1.7 Shop Drawings

1 The Contractor shall prepare Shop Drawings in accordance with the relevant provisions of

Part 7, Submittals, of this Section. The Shop Drawings shall include material description and

identification where applicable.

9.1.8 Alternative Materials

1 The Contractor may propose the use of alternatives to materials specified in the Project

Documentation. Such proposals shall be complete with all supporting information showing

that the alternative is equal or better than the specified material in all respects.

2 The use of alternative materials shall only be permitted if approved by the Engineer in writing.

9.1.9 Owner Furnished Materials

1 Materials to be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor shall be as specified in

the Project Documentation.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection and delivery to the Site of materials to

be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. The collection location of such

materials shall be as detailed in the Project Documentation.

3 The Owner reserves the right to place and install items of equipment, furniture, furnishings,

partitions etc., in completed or partially completed parts of the Works upon the understanding

that the exercising of such a right will not substantially interfere with the regular progress and

completion of the Works.

9.1.10 Delivery of Materials to Government Stores

1 Materials to be delivered to the Government stores shall be as detailed in the Project

Documentation.

2 Prior to delivery to store, the Contractor shall make all items available for inspection by the

Engineer's Representative.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 64/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 09: Materials

3 The Contractor shall be instructed where to deliver the items and the date on which the

delivery is to be made.

4 Each delivery to store shall be accompanied by a detailed delivery note, which shall be

prepared by the Contractor, in a format approved by the Engineer.

5 On arrival at store, all items shall be re-inspected by the Engineer's Representative, before

being accepted.

6 The Contractor shall be issued with a receipt for the delivered items, which have been

accepted.

9.2 MATERIALS

9.2.1 Ordering Materials

1 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any material which he is unable to order due tolack of information, non-availability, or for any other reason, within sixty (60) days of the

acceptance of the Contract.

2 The Contractor shall ascertain the quantities of materials for ordering from the Project

Documentation. The Bill of Quantities alone shall not be used as a basis for ordering

materials.

3 The Contractor shall be responsible for any delays to the Contract due to non-compliance

with this Clause.

9.2.2 Delivery of Materials to the Site

1 Materials shall be new and shall bear complete identification. Such identification shall

include, but not be limited to, the class, model, number and type of the material. Where

materials are not so identified, the Contractor shall furnish copies of invoices or certificates

providing complete identification.

2 Deliveries shall be programmed to minimise handling and deterioration due to site storage.

9.2.3 Handling or Materials

1 Materials shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid any damage or contamination, and

in accordance with all applicable recommendations of the manufacturers.

2 Particular care shall be taken when handling components with lifting equipment. Slings,

lifting hooks, forks and the like should only be applied at the points indicated as being

suitable for application by the manufacturer.

9.2.4 Storage of Materials on the Site

1 The Contractor shall allow for delivery of all materials & equipment to site, as well as multiple

handling required in the Works. The Contractor shall also provide for adequate storage of all

materials and equipment used in the Works for the whole period of the Contract. The said

storage shall be as per the applicable Specifications of all concerned authorities and

departments.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 65/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 09: Materials

2 Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to preserve their quality and condition to the

standards required by this Specification. Any recommendations made by the manufacturer

which relate to storage of materials and equipment shall be fully complied with.

3 The quantity of materials and equipment stored on the Site shall be consistent with that

necessary for efficient working.

4 Incompatible materials shall be separately stored.

5 Storage shall be such that any particular consignment can be readily identified by its delivery

ticket, test certificate, etc.

6 Materials which are liable to deteriorate shall be used in the order of delivery.

9.2.5 Protection of Materials

1 Adequate protection against any form of damage or deterioration to materials shall beprovided and shall include protective tapes, casing and the like which shall be cleared away

on completion of the Works. Tarpaulins shall be provided where necessary.

2 Particular care shall be taken to protect finished surfaces during the application of adjacent

work.

3 Materials which are subject to deterioration by ultra violet light shall be stored so that they are

not exposed to direct sunlight.

9.3 TESTING OF MATERIALS

9.3.1 General

1 The Engineer may test any materials before they leave the manufacturer’s premises or after

delivery to the Site.

2 The Engineer may reject any materials after delivery to the Site should he consider them

unsatisfactory, notwithstanding any preliminary test and approval of the materials at the

manufacturer’s premises. 

3 The costs of all tests necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract, including the cost of

delivery to the testing laboratory, shall be borne by the Contractor.

4 Should the Engineer not inspect any materials or goods at the place of manufacture, the

Contractor shall without cost to the Contract obtain certificates of test from the supplier of

such goods and shall send such certificates to the Engineer. Such certificates shall certify

that the materials or goods concerned have been tested in accordance with the requirements

of the Specification and shall include the results of all tests carried out. The Contractor shall

provide adequate means of identifying the materials and goods delivered to the site with the

corresponding certificates.

5 The Engineer may require samples of materials to be delivered to the Ministry of

Environment (MOE) for additional tests. The Contractor shall provide attendance as required

by the Engineer to witness sample collection and testing carried out by the Contractor.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 66/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 09: Materials

6 The Contractor shall be responsible for the organisation and appointment of an approved

Independent Testing Laboratory to carry out all the testing of materials as required by the

Engineer. The Contractor shall supply full details of the testing laboratory he proposes to

appoint including facilities, personnel, etc. for the Engineer’s approval within 7 days of the

Engineer’s order to commence work on site.  This Independent Testing Laboratory shall bechosen from the Ashghal approved labs list

7 All testing for compliance with the Specification shall only be carried out using laboratory

equipment, , which has been calibrated and certified by a calibration service organisation

approved by the MOE. Provision of evidence of compliance with this clause shall be as

directed from time to time by the MOE.

8 All samples and records shall be preserved for as long as the Engineer may direct and they

should be kept and labelled in an orderly fashion. Testing equipment and all samples and

records shall be open to inspection by the Engineer or his representative at all times.

9 The laboratory shall be provided with equipment and trained personnel sufficient for carryingout all tests referred to in the Specification applicable to the contractor ’s  scope of work as

defined in the contract. The laboratory shall be capable of carrying out all the relevant tests at

the frequency required by the Specification and by the rate of progress required by the

Contractor’s approved programme for the works.

9.3.2 In-situ Testing and Nuclear Density Measuring Devices

1 No person, company nor organisation will be permitted to determine in-situ density by means

of a nuclear type density measuring device without complying with the following

requirements:

(a) Each device held by any organisation shall have a valid calibration certificate issued bythe MOE. The validity of any such certificate shall not exceed six months.

(b) Calibration certificates will only be issued for any particular device if MOE is satisfied

that the identified storage location of the device is, suitable and safe, and that an

approved radiation officer has been appointed by the organisation.

(c) General and detailed storage location plan is to be provided to MOE for each device. A

letter of undertaking from the organisation stating that for each device should there be

a need for it to be stored elsewhere at anytime overnight MOE will be so notified in

advance to ensure compliance of safe storage requirements.

(d) Only persons holding a valid user certificate issued by MOE shall be permitted to

operate these devices. Such certificates shall only be issued after the applicant has

demonstrated competence in operating the device both technically and safely. Thevalidity of any certificate shall not exceed six months.

(e) During operation of the device the operator and any assistance shall wear suitable film

badges or a personnel radiation warning alarms. Evidence of the organisation having

these available during the intended validity of a user certificate shall be required prior

to the issue of such user certificates.

(f) Non-adherence to the above requirements will be reported to the relevant authorities

for suitable action.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 67/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 09: Materials

9.3.3 Test Certificates

1 Materials which have been tested shall be issued with a test certificate. The test certificate

shall clearly indicate whether the material has passed or failed any test or tests performed.

The test certificates shall also clearly indicate whether the tested material is suitable for use

or inclusion in the Works.

2 Test certificates shall be issued by the manufacturer, the Central Materials Laboratory, an

approved third party testing laboratory or other organisation as designated in the Project

Documentation or as directed by the Engineer.

9.4 SPECIAL MATERIALS

9.4.1 Proprietary Articles and Systems

1 The specification of proprietary articles and systems supplied by particular firms is not

necessarily binding upon the Contractor. If approval is obtained, the Contractor may orderfrom other sources supplying articles of equal quality.

2 The Contractor shall submit full details and samples of the alternatives offered together with

samples of the items specified to enable a proper comparison to be made. A minimum of

twenty one (21) days shall be allowed from the date all information required by the Engineer

has been submitted for his decision as to the acceptability or otherwise of the alternative

offered.

3 The Contractor shall be deemed to have included for the specified item in the Contract price,

not his proposed alternative.

4 If so directed, the Contractor shall have the proposed alternative tested for quality, strength,

durability, finish or efficiency by an approved testing laboratory.

5 If the Engineer accepts an alternative, any costs resulting, including all engineering and

design services, and changes or adjustments in materials or work directly or indirectly

brought about by the substitution, shall be borne by the Contractor.

6 On completion of the Contract, all instructions and recommendations for proprietary articles

and systems shall be neatly assembled in suitable folders or binders, provided with a

contents list and handed to the Engineer.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 68/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10  OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .................................................... 3 

10.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 3 

10.1.1 

Scope 3 

10.1.2  Responsibility 3 

10.1.3  Organisation for Occupational Health and Safety 4 

10.1.4  Reporting Accidents 5 

10.1.5  General Sanitation 6 

10.1.6  Safety Notice Board 6 

10.1.7  Compensation for Damage 7 

10.1.8  Occupational Health and Safety Performance 7 

10.1.9  Occupational Health and Safety Leadership and Accountability 7 

10.1.10 Safe-working Arrangements 8 

10.1.11 Labour Rights, Benefits & Obligations 8 

10.1.12 

Language barriers and communications issues 10 10.1.13 Communications, Consultations and Participation 10 

10.1.14 Management Review 11 

10.2  CONTRACTOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ............. 11 

10.2.1  General 11 

10.2.2  Occupational Health and Safety Policy 16 

10.2.3  Risk Assessment and Job Hazard Analysis 16 

10.2.4  Intervention 16 

10.2.5  Requirement for Training 17 

10.2.6  Method Statements 19 

10.3 

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN (ERP) .................................................... 19 

10.3.1  General 19 

10.4  EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................... 20 

10.4.1  Background 20 

10.4.2  Requirements 21 

10.4.3  Phase One: Gap Analysis (‘as is’)  21 

10.4.4  Phase Two: Implementation (‘to be’)  22 

10.4.5  Phase Three: Future Requirements 22 

10.4.6  What Should We Do During An Earth Quake? 23 

10.4.7 

What Should We Do After An Earth Quake? 23 

10.5  SPECIAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS ..................... 24 

10.5.1  Permits 24 

10.5.2  Guarantee 24 

10.5.3  Mechanical Plant, Machinery and Equipment 24 

10.5.4  Existing Utilities 25 

10.5.5  Excavations 26 

10.5.6  Warning Signs 28 

10.5.7  Confined Spaces 28 

10.5.8  Lifting Operation 30 

10.5.9 

Lifting Gear 30 

10.5.10 Scaffolding 31 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 69/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.5.11 Hot work and Welding 32 

10.5.12 Compressed Gas Cylinders 33 

10.5.13 Working at Height 34 

10.5.14 Electrical 36 

10.6 

FIRST AID ................................................................................................... 37 

10.6.1  First Aid and Clinic 37 

10.7  FIRE PRECAUTION AND PREVENTION ................................................... 37 

10.7.1  General 37 

10.7.2  Emergency Equipment 39 

10.7.3  Hazardous Substances 40 

10.8  SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC ........................................................................... 41 

10.8.1  Working in Public Areas 41 

10.9 

WELFARE, SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORKMEN ........................ 42 

10.9.1  General 42 

10.9.2  Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) / Attire 42 

10.9.3  Safety Equipment 42 

10.9.4  Support Facilities for Contractors Staff and Labour 43 

10.9.5  Summer Working Conditions and fatigue 45 

10.9.6   Additional Environmental Protection and Pollution Control 45 

10.9.7  Plant and Equipment Test Certificates 46 

10.10  LABOUR ACCOMODATION ....................................................................... 46 

10.10.1 

General 46 10.10.2 Quality of Labour Accommodation 46 

10.10.3 Provision for Fire Safety 47 

10.10.4 Provision for Health Care 47 

10.10.5  Access to Transport 48 

10.10.6  Access to Religious, Social and Domestic Facilities 48 

10.10.7  Access to Communications 49 

10.10.8 Number, Quality and Location of Sanitation Facilities 49 

10.10.9 Food Preparation Areas 49 

10.10.10  Pest and Vermin Control 50 

10.10.11  Security at Labour Accommodation 50 

10.10.12 

Social Issues 50 

10.10.13  Competence of Labour Accommodation Management 51 

10.10.14  Environmental Conditions at Labour Accommodation 51 

10.10.15  Health and Safety for Labour Accommodation Residents 52 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 70/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

10.1 GENERAL

10.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the Health, Safety and Welfare requirements for construction and its

associated practices.

2 Related Sections and Parts are as follows.

This Section Part 4 Protection

Part 8 Building Demolition

Part 9 Materials

Part 11 Engineer’s Site Facilities 

Part 13 Setting-out of the Works

Section 11 Health and Safety

10.1.2 Responsibility

1 It is the Contractors responsibility to implement an Occupational Health and Safety

Management System meeting as a minimum the requirements of BS OHSAS 18001. It shall

be the duty of the Contractor to provide the following:

(a) Safe plant and equipment;

(b) Safe means of handling, transporting and storage of articles and substances;

(c) Adequate training, instruction, information and supervision;

(d) A safe place of work with safe access to and egress from the place of work;

(e) A safe and healthy environment; and

(f) Adequate welfare facilities.

2 It is the Contractor’s responsibility to conduct his operations in such a manner as to prevent

injury to persons or damage to property. The Contractor shall take precautions for protection

against risks and shall inspect Occupational Health and Safety conditions where the Works

are being executed.

3 The Contractor shall conform to all Acts, Orders and Regulations made by any officialauthority with respect to Occupational Health and Safety.

4 The Contractor shall note that Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) shall be treated with

high importance at all stages of the Contract. Contractor shall understand that the Contract

Price includes the Execution Programme for provision and implementation of an

Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Plan to ensure the highest standards are

enforced throughout Construction, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 71/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

5 The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the requirements of latest revision of:

(a) Qatar Construction Specification – QCS,

(b) Qatar Law No.14 of the Year 2004  – The Labour Law, and the ministerial decisions

issued in implementation of the provisions of the Labour Law issued by Law No. 14 of2004,

(c) Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007,

(d) Environmental Protection Law No. 30 of the Year 2002 and Decision No. (4) for the

year 2005 by issuing the executive regulations of Environmental Protection Law,

(e) Civil Defence Law No. 9 of the Year 2012,

(f) CDD (Department of Civil Defence) – Fire Safety Handbook; and

(g) Worker Rights Booklet 2009 (National Human Rights Committee).

The Contractor is required to fully comply with the stated requirements relating to

Occupational Health and Safety. In the event that legislation is updated the latest versionshall be followed.

6 The Contractor shall ensure that Contractor Personnel and Subcontractor’s  employees

comply with all requirements of latest revision of QATAR legislation mention above (but not

limited to). Compliance with the standards shall be considered as a minimum requirement

and Contractor shall establish additional arrangements as circumstances may require. Any

failure by Contractor to obtain copies of that mentioned laws applicable to the Contract shall

in no way relieve the Contractor from any responsibilities or obligation under the Contract.

7 The Contractor’s Representative shall be responsible for all Occupational Health and Safety

matters during the performance of the Work up to and including the Completion Date. The

Contractor’s Representative shall ensure that an effective Occupational Health and Safety

management organization is maintained at all times to undertake the duties to comply with

this requirement.

10.1.3 Organisation for Occupational Health and Safety

1 The Contractor shall submit an Occupational Health and Safety Organisation Plan detailing

planning and management considerations for construction at an organisational level for the

Engineer’s approval within Thirty (30) days of the award of the Contract.

2 The Occupational Health and Safety Organisation Plan shall provide the names,

qualifications, experience and skills of all the Safety Team and key support staff.

3 The Contractor shall submit the names of the following to the Engineer for approval:-

(a) The details of its proposed competent and experienced Occupational Health and

Safety Manager. The minimum education for the proposed Occupational Health and

Safety Manager are but not limited to Bachelor degree in Engineering / Science or

equivalent with 10 years experiences in the same field as Safety Manager and the

ability to communicate with all nationalities, plus Professional OHS Qualification by

Examination (NEBOSH, IOSH Managing Safely, OSHA 30 hours, ... etc), Management

Qualification prefer certified as BS OHSAS 18001 lead auditor, implementation and

continues improvement Relevant Training Attendance. The Engineer shall review the

details and if necessary interview the proposed individual to assess his/her suitabilityfor the position prior to giving approval for appointment. The Contractor is not

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 72/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

permitted to execute any form of Work on the Worksite until such time as an approved

Occupational Health and Safety Manager has been deployed on a full time basis to the

Worksite. The Contractor shall not remove the appointed Occupational Health and

Safety Manager without prior approval from the Engineer.

(b) Deputy Occupational Health and Safety Manager who is capable of performing all ofthe duties of the Occupational Health and Safety Manager in the event of his absence.

The requirements and procedure outlined in Clause (a) above applies equally to the

appointment of the Deputy Occupational Health and Safety Manager.

4 The Contractor shall appoint Occupational Health and Safety Officers and support staff in

sufficient numbers to ensure the effective function of the Occupational Health and Safety

discipline within the Contractor’s organisation. The minimum education for the Occupational

Health and Safety Officer are HND / HNC with 4 years experiences in the same field as

Safety officer, certified from NEBOSH, IOSH or OSHA 30 hours, Professional in control and

monitoring the site activity. The Contractor shall appoint and deploy full time on the Worksite

one Occupational Health and Safety Officer for each and every 50 persons employed at the

Worksite. For a less than 50 persons employed at the Worksite, a minimum of one (1) Safety

Officer shall be present on site during all working hours each day throughout the Contract

period. This is in addition to the Occupational Health and Safety Manager and his Deputy.

5 The Safety Officers shall have no other duties, either on-site or off-site, other than

Occupational Health and Safety duties, and shall be exclusive to one site.

6 The Contractor shall ensure that each and every Subcontractor employed on the Worksite

appoints suitably competent and experienced qualified Occupational Health and Safety staff

to ensure the effective function of the Occupational Health and Safety discipline within the

Subcontractor’s organisation. The requirements and procedure outlined above for contractor

Occupational Health and Safety staff to be applies equally to the appointment of theSubcontractor Occupational Health and Safety Staff. The Subcontractor shall appoint and

deploy full time on the Worksite one Occupational Health and Safety Officer for each and

every 50 persons that they employ at the Worksite. Any Subcontractor that employs more

than 100 persons will appoint an Occupational Health and Safety Manager. This is in addition

to the Occupation Occupational Health and Safety Officers.

10.1.4 Reporting Accidents

1 The Contractor shall promptly report to the Engineer any accident whatsoever arising out of,

or in connection with, the Works whether on or adjacent to the Site which caused death,

personal injury or property damage, giving full details and enclosing statements of witnesses.

2 Promptly shall mean immediately by telephone where it impacts on the operation of the

project and electronically in all cases never more than 24 hours.

3 The Contractor shall implement arrangements for effectively managing any emergency

incident that may occur as a result of Work and/or on the Worksite.

4 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for emergency preparedness

including, but not limited to, medical equipment and facilities, trained personnel,

communication systems, transportation, search and rescue equipment.

5 The Contractor shall produce and submit to the Engineer monthly performance reports andincident reports. Reports shall be in the format approved by the Engineer.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 73/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

6 The Contractor shall refer to, and in particular, QCS 2013 (Section 11, Part 2) for all incident

classifications and definitions.

7 Incident Investigation final reports to be submitted for all lost time major / reportable Incidents

within 10 days of the incident. All incidents that result in lost time from work, near miss,

dangerous occurrence or damage to property (asset) shall be reported. The normal steps to

be taken after an incident shall be;

(a) Submit incident notifications immediately;

(b) Conduct the investigation;

(c) Prepare the report with conclusions and recommendations;

(d) Prepare appropriate plan of corrective action;

(e) Include in monthly Health and Safety statistics report;

(f) Submit to Engineer for review and re-submittal if required.

10.1.5 General Sanitation

1 The Contractor shall maintain the Site and all working areas in a sanitary condition and in all

matters of health and sanitation shall comply with the requirements of the Supreme Council

of Health and the Public Works Authority.

2 The Contractor is responsible for all measures necessary to prevent the breeding of

mosquitoes on the Site for the duration of the Contract.

3 The Contractor shall ensure that pests are not permitted to the Site facility by initiating a

routine pest control program. Non-toxic pest control methods shall be used.

4 The disposal surplus water and the accompanying growth of trees and the proliferation of

insects and rodents. Does the site cause an environmentally danger to the surrounding area?

10.1.6 Safety Notice Board

1 The Contractor shall set up and maintain (cleaned and legible) throughout the course of the

Contract safety notice boards in prominent places on the Site. These notice boards shall be

located in positions approved by the Engineer such that they are clearly visible to the

Contractor’s employees. They shall be fully illustrated and provide details of key safety

procedures to be followed.

2 The notice boards shall be in Arabic, English and;

(a) In all other languages which are the mother tongue of five or more of the Contractor’s

employees, or

(b) The preferred languages (can be understood) by the workers on the Worksite.

3 The Contractor’s employees shall be made fully aware of the notice boards prior to

commencing duties on Site.

4 The Contractor shall maintain up to date copies of all industry codes and standards that apply

to the Work.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 74/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.1.7 Compensation for Damage

1 Claims for compensation arising from damage or injury caused by the Contractor’s failure to

provide adequate Occupational Health and Safety measures shall be the sole responsibility

of the Contractor.

2 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any claim made against him which is in any way

connected to the Contract.

3 The Contractor is required to copy to the Engineer any formal Occupational Health and

Safety related communication between the Contractor and enforcing authorities or

government organizations.

10.1.8 Occupational Health and Safety Performance

1 The Contractor shall ensure acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all

Subcontractors, visitors, vendors, public and other parties that may enter the Worksite or theamounts identified in the Bills of Quantities.

2 Should acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance not be maintained by the

Contractor then the Engineer may, in addition to any other amounts withheld under the

Contract, withhold up to 10% of the amount of any interim invoice issued by the Contractor.

3 The Contractor shall develop and implement programmes which shall act as incentives for

their teams at all levels, to make a positive contribution to good health and safety

performance.

10.1.9 Occupational Health and Safety Leadership and Accountability

1 The Contractor shall be committed to Health and Safety leadership and this is to be achieved

through working in partnership with the main project stakeholders including the Engineer and

the Client.

2 The Contractor shall demonstrate commitment to the safety, health and welfare of all

stakeholders and workers on projects and shall demonstrate leadership in achieving the

following objectives:

(a) A safe, healthy workplace

(b) Be consulted on their working conditions, to be heard, and to influence their working

conditions

(c) Return home from work unharmed at the end of each working day; to which everyone

has a right to.

3 The Contractor shall provide opportunities through forums and meetings involving important

project stakeholders, including the Client, The Engineer, sub-contractors and other relevant

contractors to raise health and safety issues, assist in the development of leadership

programmes, share good practice and be recognised for good performance.

4 The Contractor’s senior management shall visibly demonstrate support, commitment,

Leadership and Accountability on all health and safety issues by the following actions:

(a) The Engineer’s Zero Harm Initiative; 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 75/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(b) Training employees to work safely;

(c) Recognizing and rewarding employees;

(d) Identify risks to health and safety and develop mitigation/control plans and

communicate these to workers;

(e) Reinforce safe work practices;

(f) Place health and safety as the first item on the agenda at meetings.

(g) Allocate adequate resources for health and safety management and implementation

(h) Develop health and safety targets and objectives and measure and review

performance;

(i) Foster positive health and safety culture and behaviour through their own actions;

(j) Treat health and safety as a core value equal in importance with productivity, quality

and ethical standards;

(k) Participate in health and safety meetings and safety walkabouts;

(l) Develop efficient contingency plans and allocate adequate emergency resources;

(m) Provide trained and competent workforce;

(n) Promote personal health and well-being; and

(o) Seek to exceed current legislation in relation to welfare and labour facilities.

10.1.10 Safe-working Arrangements

1 The Contractor shall have arrangements to empower their staff to make sensible decisions

about their own safety and the safety of others affected by what they do, and not put

themselves or others at risk of harm.

2 Contractor to have safe-working arrangement that ensures:

(a) That health and safety concerns can be raised and associated actions taken

(b) Employees can stop work immediately where they believe they or others are at risk of

harm

(c) No disciplinary action is taken against those who use the worksafe arrangement to

raise a genuine health and safety concern

(d) That the process is cascaded to their subcontractors

3 All such arrangements shall be briefed to all staff, including any agency or sub contract staff

before they start work.

4 Where safety concerns are raised or a stop work process has been invoked employers shall

document them and the action taken to resolve them; and shall advise others working on the

project were the issue is likely to impact on them or be similar to those faced by other

organisation

10.1.11 Labour Rights, Benefits & Obligations

1 The Contractor shall document implementation of Labour Law, in particular with respect to

the following:

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 76/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 9Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(a) Recruitment  – The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date list of all agents/agencies

used and should provide copies of licences for same to the Engineer. The Contractor

shall, through their best endeavours, satisfy themselves, and the Engineer, that

recruitment agents/agencies used do not charge recruits any fees inconsistent with

those allowed for under the Labour Law (Qatar Law no.14 of the year 2004).(b) Contracts  –  The Contractor shall retain, for inspection by the Engineer, copies of

written employment contracts for all employees working on the project. Such

employment contracts shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Labour Law

and no contract clause may contravene the Labour Law.

(c) Wages  – A Wage Register shall be retained in accordance with the requirements of

the Labour Law. The Contractor shall update the Wage Register to ensure that

employee wages, including relevant overtime payments, are paid in a timely fashion

and in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Labour Law. These records

shall be available for inspection by the Engineer and shall clearly identify overtime

payments and rates.

(d) Severance Pay – The Contractor shall retain records to demonstrate that payment of

severance payments have been made, where appropriate, in accordance with Article

132 of the Labour Law.

(e) Records & Files  – These shall be retained in accordance with the Labour Law, and

shall be made available to the Engineer for inspection.

(f) Work Rules & Disciplinary Rules – These shall be in accordance with the Labour Law,

shall be conspicuously displayed, and shall be provided to the Engineer.

(g) Working Hours & Leave - The Contractor shall retain records to demonstrate that all

employees’ working hours and leave allowances are consistent with the requirements

of the Labour Law.(h) Collective Labour Disputes - Any/all collective labour disputes shall be dealt with in

accordance with the requirements of the Labour Law. Complete records of all such

disputes shall be retained by the Contractor for review by the Engineer. As a

minimum, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer immediately, on receipt of

complaint/claim from the employees.

(i) Subcontracts As such, obligations, relating to Recruitment, Contracts, Wages,

Records & Files, Work Rules & Disciplinary Rules, Working Hours & Leave and

Collective Labour Disputes shall be passed on to the subcontractor in the event that

works are subcontracted by the Contractor. Similarly, subcontractor records shall be

made available to the Engineer.

2 The Contractor shall provide copies of Contracts, Work Rules, Disciplinary Rules, Pay Slips,

etc. to employees in a range of appropriate languages, as widely understood by the

workforce.

3 The Contractor shall submit a monthly declaration to the Engineer outlining compliance with

Labour Law in relation to payment of wages and working hours for the preceding period.

4 The Contractor shall facilitate contact between project employees and relevant independent

bodies such consulates, NGOs, or other relevant organisations offering social support. A list

of such local contacts shall be provided to new employees during their induction process.

 An up-to-date list of contact details for these organisations shall also be displayed in public

areas such as the canteen, recreational areas, etc.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 77/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.1.12 Language barriers and communications issues

1 The Contractors shall ensure that their workforce fully understand site health and safety

requirements, including emergency arrangements and site rules in place. The language

needs of personnel shall be addressed during induction and through training. Emphasis

should be placed on ensuring proper supervision of all staff, but in particular those who may

have difficulties in understanding verbal or written communications. Where practicable,

signage shall make maximum use of pictograms.

2 Those who have responsibility for managing Contractor personnel on construction site shall

be able to communicate in both written and oral English to a standard appropriate to the

tasks being performed. Note that there may be personnel who are not competent in the

English language, and this is permitted provided that the Contractor can demonstrate that:

(a) Such team members are able to give oral instructions and warnings to others

(b) Such team members shall receive the required health and safety training / briefing

(including any emergency procedures) before commencing work in a form that they

understand

(c) Appropriate arrangements are made to ensure that instructions are effectively

communicated to and understood by all team members

(d) Particular attention has been given to the communication requirements of safety

critical workers. ensuring a translator is available who is capable of instructing the non-

English speaking personnel in safety and other operational matters, and

(e) Maintaining a reasonable ratio of non-English speaking personnel to each translator at

all times.

3 Special provisions for safety critical instructions conveyed by the translator shall be recordedas being received and clearly understood by each non-English speaking person. Such

records shall include those for safety induction, emergency procedures, safety method

statements and safety awareness talks.

10.1.13 Communications, Consultations and Participation

1 The Contractor shall be required to disseminate and transfer information regarding Health

and Safety issues. Typical information to be communicated should include but not be limited

to; any new policies or procedures and general awareness.

2 The Contractor shall ensure communications arrangements are in place to inform of key

health and safety issues. These will include lessons learnt from incidents, sharing of good

practice, health and safety campaigns and initiatives. Contractors shall have processes in

place to ensure an appropriate cascade to all site personnel.

3 The following methods of communication but not limited to shall be observed;

(a) Meetings; Health and safety meetings shall be conducted on a weekly basis separate

from other meeting that have safety on the agenda

(b) Safety Alerts; Safety alerts shall be produced by the Contractor after a Major

 Accident/Incident or when appropriate.

(c) Notice Boards; Information that shall be included as a minimum on an office notice

board is any relevant emergency procedures, policy statement, safety alerts or updates

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 78/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 11Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(d) Campaigns; Health and safety campaigns must be initiated by the Contractor to

implement throughout the year. At least 4 campaigns must be run annually on a pro-

rata basis. One of the campaigns must detail heat stress before the summer months.

(e) Posters/Signs; Must be focused on themes relevant to site specific work

activities/hazards

(f) Safety Awards; The Contractor shall initiate a scheme whereby he recognises and

rewards for positive health and safety related performance by individuals. This shall be

on a monthly basis and communicated throughout the project workforce.

10.1.14 Management Review

1 The Contractor has to supply evidence that their senior management have carried out a

management review, at least annually, of their OHSE systems to ensure continuous

improvement.

2 The review shall include, but not limited to, where appropriate, an evaluation of and / orchanges to:

(a) Health and safety policy;

(b) Objectives and targets;

(c) Action plans;

(d) Follow-up action from previous meetings;

(e) Health and safety system suitability;

(f) Audit results;

(g) Preventive and corrective actions;

(h) Regulatory changes;

(i) Continual improvement measures;

(j) Performance measures;

(k) Major procedure and risk review changes; and

(l) Health and safety plans.

10.2 CONTRACTOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

10.2.1 General

1 The Contractor shall prepare a Contract specific Occupational Health and Safety Plan (the

“Safety Plan”) and submit a Safety Plan to the Engineer for review and approval within thirty(30) days of the award of the Contract. The Contractor is not permitted to Work on the

Worksite until such time as the Plan has been approved by Engineer. It will be a condition

precedent to starting the works that the Contractor will have an approved Health and Safety

Plan, Traffic Management Plan, and an Emergency Response Plan.

2 The Safety Plan shall include the Contractor’s proposals for the maintenance of safety on the

Site. These proposals shall address the safety measures applicable with respect to all tasks

to be undertaken in the construction of the Works.

3 The Safety Plan shall include the Contractor’s proposals for accident prevention. Accident

prevention shall include but not be limited to training, monitoring and review of safety related

procedures, enforcement of safety related matters and promoting safety awareness.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 79/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 12Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

4 The Safety Plan shall include a safety organisation chart showing the names and

responsibility of all safety personnel deployed both on and off the Worksite to maintain

acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of the Contract and the Work at all

times, even outside the normal working hours, in particular night-time and holiday working.

(refer to 10.1.3)

5 The Contractor is required to work in areas where dangerous concentrations of gases may

be present in manholes, trench excavations and the like. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to

provide all necessary detection equipment and to ensure that, if toxic or explosive gases are

found, adequate measures are taken to protect his staff, workmen and members of the

public.

6 The Safety Plan shall be specific to one Contract.

7 The Contractor shall regularly review the suitability of the Safety Plan. The Contractor shall

undertake a full formal review of the Safety Plan annually on the date of award of the

Contract or when necessary but no less than 6 monthly intervals and submit the findings ofthe review to the Engineer within 14 days of that date along with an amended plan should any

amendment be required.

8 The Safety Plan shall contain the Contractor’s Occupational Health and Safety Policy. (refer

to 10.2.2)

9 The Plan for constr uction works shall support and supported by the Contractor’s systems for

risk management in particular risk assessment and method statement (refer to the

Regulatory Document Section 11 Part 1 in particular section 1.1.7: Risk Assessments and

Method Statement and Guidance document Section 11 Part 2 Section 2.4: Guidance on Risk

 Assessment and Method Statement). The plan shall include a schedule of risk assessments

for all work activities in relation to the project. The plan shall include a list or schedule of

identified work activities for which method statement will be developed before their

execution..

10 The Safety Plan shall include the contract risk assessment and detail the arrangements for

ensuring that it is updated to reflect any changes throughout the duration of the Work.

11 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for undertaking job hazard analysis and

ensuring that such analysis is included in each and every method statement.

12 The Safety Plan shall detail the management arrangements and standards to be used for

each of the following:

(a) Scaffolding

(b) Suspended Working Platforms

(c) Fall Prevention and Fall Arrest

(d) Prevention of Falling Objects

(e) Excavations

(f) Electricity

(g) Structural Steel Erection

(h) Demolition and Dismantling

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 80/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 13Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(i) False work and Formwork

(j) Reinforcement and Concreting

(k) Cladding and Roof work

(l) Confined Spaces

(m) Lifting Appliances and Lifting Gear

(n) Mobile Plant and Vehicles

(o) Mobile Elevating Working Platforms

(p) Construction Lifts

(q) Machinery and Equipment

(r) Power Tools

(s) Hazardous Substances

(t) Hot Work and Welding

(u) Fire Prevention and Protection

(v) Access and Egress

(w) Housekeeping

(x) Warning Signs and Barricades

(y) Material Handling, Transportation and Storage

(z) Lock Out and Tag Out

(aa) Temporary Works

(bb) Temporary Facilities

(cc) Underground and Overhead Utilities

(dd) Working Over or Adjacent to Water

(ee) Working Environment

(ff) Personal Protective Equipment

(gg) Site Traffic Control (including setting and taking down of all temporary traffic devices)

13 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to ensure

acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all Subcontractors that may enter

the Worksite. It shall detail the arrangements for evaluating Subcontractors prior to them

being contracted to undertake Work. It shall detail the methods that the Contractor shall use

to monitor their work and the penalties that shall be imposed should acceptable standards

not be maintained.

14 The Safety Plan shall detail the manner in which the Contractor shall review, approve and

incorporate all Subcontractor Occupational Health and Safety plans, risk assessments and

method statements and incorporate them into their Occupational Health and Safety

management system.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 81/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 14Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

15 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to ensure

acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of all persons on the Worksite. In

particular it shall detail the arrangements for penalties and disciplinary action that shall be

taken should Contractor Personnel, Subcontractor employees or any other person on the

Worksite not comply with Occupational Health and Safety requirements.

16 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall use to control and

ensure acceptable Occupational Health and Safety performance of visitors and delivery

personnel that may enter the Worksite.

17 The Safety Plan shall detail the Contractor’s  arrangements for effectively managing any

emergency incident that may occur as a result of Work or on the Worksite. The detail shall

include the facilities required for emergency preparedness.

18 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for notification and investigation of any incident

that may occur as a result of Work or on the Worksite.

19 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for the Contractor’s  monthly performance

reporting and incident reporting.

20 The Contractor shall ensure that their project monthly health and safety statistics report is

completed and submitted by the agreed date to the Engineer and Quality & Safety

Department. The Engineer will provide the necessary format for this report. The information

collected will be submitted to the Engineer and Quality & Safety Department.

21 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for assessing the general Health of employees

and any job specific Health checks that may be required.

22 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for self-inspection and auditing that shall be

used to monitor the Work.

23 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for tracking and effectively closing any

Occupational Health and Safety related nonconformity or deficiency that may be identified as

a result of monitoring. Written records of inspection, auditing and tracking shall be

maintained and made available to any representative of Client on request.

24 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements for ensuring that all Contractor Personnel and

Subcontractor employees are trained and competent to undertake their work in accordance

with the required standards. In particular the Safety plan shall detail the training and

competence requirements for the following employees;

(a) Supervisors

(b) Electricians

(c) Mobile plant and vehicle operators

(d) Crane and lifting appliance operators

(e) Riggers

(f) Excavation Supervisors

(g) Machinery operators

(h) Scaffolders

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 82/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 15Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(i) Scaffolding Supervisors

(j) Confined space workers

(k) Confined space supervisors

(l) All persons working at height

25 The Safety Plan shall detail the training arrangements specify the type and nature of training

to be given including but not limited to induction, pre-work briefings, tool box talks, general

awareness training, skills training and formal training conducted by training professionals or

agencies. Written records of the attendees, training given and assessment of competency

shall be maintained by the Contractor and made available for inspection by any

representative of Client upon request.

26 The Safety Plan shall detail the Contractor’s arrangements for promoting the awareness of

Occupational Health and Safety issues through notices, posters, newsletters, booklets,

Occupational Health and Safety alerts and any other means. All such information shall be

provided in the languages preferred by the training recipients of the training.

27 The Safety Plan shall detail the arrangements that the Contractor shall make to reinforce

good performance. Such arrangements shall include incentive schemes to reward Contractor

Personnel, Subcontractor employees or areas of Work that demonstrate exemplary

Occupational Health and Safety performance.

28 The Safety Plan shall include details of all meetings that are held to specifically deal with

Occupational Health and Safety issues. In particular the Contractor shall hold a monthly

meeting chaired by the Contractor’s Representative, which Client shall be invited to attend,

with the following items on the agenda;

(a) Suitability of the Contractor’s Occupational Health and Safety organization for the on-

going and planned Work;

(b) Effectiveness of the Contractor’s Occupational Health and Safety management

system;

(c) Significant areas of planned activity and associated risk;

(d) Method statement review and job hazard analysis planning;

(e) Tracking and closure of any identified deficiencies or nonconformities;

(f) Incident review;

(g) Occupational Health and Safety promotion planning;

(h) Training needs assessment;

(i) Auditing and inspection planning;

29 The Occupational Health and Safety Plan shall describe the Contractor’s Safety Management

System that will be used throughout and shall conform with all requirements defined within

the Contract and related documentation The contents shall include but not be limited to the

following:

(a) Front Cover

(b) Table of Contents

(c) Project Scope, Requirements and Occupational Health and Safety Objectives

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 83/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 16Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(d) Occupational Health and Safety Policy and BS OHSAS 18001 Certificate (if applicable)

(e) Control of Occupational Health and Safety Plan

(f) Reference Documentation

(g) Safety Organisation and Responsibilities

(h) Subcontractor Occupational Health and Safety

(i) Risk Assessments and Method Statement

(j) Non-conformance, Corrective and Preventative Action

(k) Incident Reporting

(l) Audits

(m) Training

(n) Key Performance Indicators and Continual Improvement

(o) Management Review

(p) Safety Meetings

(q) Monthly Safety Report

(r) Appendices

10.2.2 Occupational Health and Safety Policy

1 The Contractor shall comply with the Client vision, mission and strategic objectives.

2 The Contractor shall develop and implement its own written Occupational Health and Safety

Policy which shall be Project specific and demonstrate the Contractor’s understanding of andcommitment to maintaining standards of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) that are

consistent with and an integral part of the Contractor’s business strategy. 

3 The Contractor must set objectives and targets that shall be applicable to SMART - Specific,

Measurable, Achievable, and Realistic and to a Time scale.

10.2.3 Risk Assessment and Job Hazard Analysis

1 Refer to Section 11 Part 1 (Regulatory Document) in particular section 1.1.7 and Section 11

Part 2 (SAMAS) in particular section 2.4

10.2.4 Intervention

1 A system of positive intervention shall be used throughout the Project and the Contractor

shall adopt the system by authorizing and requiring all Contractor Personnel and

Subcontractor employees to intervene in any unsafe act or condition and take immediate

corrective action to prevent any incident occurring.

2 Work may be monitored by any representative of Client who may intervene in any unsafe act

or condition and require the Contractor to take immediate corrective action to prevent any

incident occurring.

3 The Contractor is required to acknowledge that the system of positive intervention in use onthe Project is one that shall enhance the following;

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 84/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 17Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(a) levels of understanding and awareness of Occupational Health and Safety issues

throughout the Project;

(b) levels of personal responsibility and accountability for Occupational Health and Safety

issues;

(c) levels of proactively towards Occupational Health and Safety issues;

(d) levels of compliance with contractual requirements and Project Occupational Health

and Safety standards;

(e) incident and injury prevention

4 The Contractor may be the focus of Occupational Health and Safety audits conducted by any

representative of Client. The Contractor is required to cooperate with such audits and to

acknowledge all audit findings. The Contractor shall take all corrective and preventive actions

that may be required to address any nonconformity identified during such auditing.

5 The Contractor may be the focus of Occupational Health and Safety inspections conducted

by any representative of Client. The Contractor is required to cooperate with and

acknowledge such inspections and take all corrective and preventive actions that may arise

as the result of such inspections.

6 The Contractor shall undertake routine Occupational Health and Safety inspections and

audits for the on-going Work. Written records of inspections and audits shall be maintained

and made available to any representative of Client upon request.

7 The Contractor may be issued with stop work instructions from the Engineer for any

observed cases of serious or imminent danger associated with the Work. On receipt of a

stop work instruction the Contractor shall refrain from work until such time as remedial action

has been taken to alleviate the serious or imminent danger and to prevent it reoccurring.

8 The Contractor shall stop work if any unknown or unplanned conditions occur that give rise to

serious or imminent danger. In such circumstances the Contractor shall assess the risks

associated with any remedial work required and revise the method statements and job

hazard analysis. The revised method statement shall be reviewed and approved by the

Contractor’s Occupational Health and Safety Manager. Revised method statements shall be

approved by the Engineer before recommencing Work.

10.2.5 Requirement for Training

1 The Contractor shall conduct training including contract specific induction, pre-work briefings,

tool box talks, general awareness training, skills training and formal training conducted by

training professionals or agencies. The contract specific induction will be at least 2 hours

duration, approved by the Engineer and provided for all persons that enter the Worksite.

Such induction training will be reviewed, revised and repeated for all persons that enter the

Worksite at periods not exceeding 6 months throughout the duration of the Work. All training

shall be provided in the languages preferred by the recipients of the training.

2 The Contractor is required to provide employees of Client with Occupational Health and

Safety training relating to Work undertaken by the Contractor. Training is an integral part of

 job performance.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 85/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 18Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 The Contractor shall provide all Contractor Personnel and Subcontractor’s employees with

individually unique Contract specific photo identity cards. Such cards shall be made available

to any representative of Client on request. The Contractor shall not permit any Contractor

Personnel or Subcontractor’s employees to access the Worksite unless they have been

issued with their individually unique photo identity card. Such cards will not be issued prior tothe Contractor Personnel or Subcontractor’s employee attending the Contractor’s induction

training course.

4 The Contractor shall appoint a competent supervisor for each and every area of the following

Work activities

(a) Temporary & permanent electrical installation

(b) Crane and lifting appliance operations

(c) Scaffolding erection, alteration and dismantling

(d) Confined space entry

(e) Excavation

(f) Working at height

5 The Contractor shall produce a health and Safety Training Matrix based on training needs

analysis of all personnel working on the project. The matrix must detail positions against the

training courses required from the analysis. All training courses provided to employees shall

be free of charge, i.e. the cost will be borne by the Contractor.

6 The training topics will be based on a number of factors, such as but not limited to;

(a) Trends in monthly statistics;

(b) Objectives that have been set;

(c) Recurring issues on site; and

(d) Accident/incidents on site.

7 Courses designed to meet the needs of specific operatives involved in specialized trades

including their roles and responsibilities must be provided through training. The following

training could be consider as specialist, but not limited to:

(a) Safe entry into confined spaces;

(b) Crane operation;

(c) Slingers/banks men;(d) Scaffolding/ false work/temporary works;

(e) Abrasive wheels;

(f) Woodworking machinery;

(g) Excavation support equipment;

(h) First aid;

(i) Fire Marshall;

(j) Accident Investigation;

Note  –  any external training must be delivered by a competent organisation (i.e. 3thParty).

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 86/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 19Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

8 The Contractor shall provide training and instruction to their employees in relation to the

performance of their work. This training shall be provided during working hours and

immediately after an employee commences employment. It shall include:

(a) Occupational hygiene.

(b) Essential elements of local laws and regulations.

(c) Policies and procedures concerning aspects of human rights those are relevant to

operations.

9 The Contractor shall actively encourage the following for their workforce:

(a) Creating employment opportunities.

(b) Facilitating training opportunities for employees with a view to improving skill levels.

(c) Ensuring non-discrimination in hiring and promotion practices.

(d) Promoting life-long learning and on-the-job training.

(e) All training shall be provided in appropriate languages, based on the demographics of

the labour accommodation facility.

10 The Contractor shall retain records of all training provided to labour accommodation

residents. Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of those

attending the training course/session and the type of training provided. These records shall

be available for inspection by the Engineer.

11 The Contractors shall conduct Emergency Drills  to thoroughly test its emergency

preparedness and response within 6 months of the date of award of the Contract and

thereafter at periods not exceeding 6 months throughout the duration of the Work.

12 The Contractor shall hold a Contract Specific Occupational Health and Safety Meeting 

chaired by the Contractor’s representative on a monthly basis throughout the duration of the

WORK. Additionally the Contractor shall include Occupational Health and Safety as an item

on the agenda for each and every meeting held and ensure that the subject is actively

discussed.

13 The Contractor shall provide contract specific Safe Practice Booklets  for each and every

person employed on the Worksite and provide training on the content of the booklet.

10.2.6 Method Statements

1 Refer to Section 11 Part 1 (Regulatory Document) in particular section 1.1.7 and Section 11

Part 2 (SAMAS) in particular section 2.4

10.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN (ERP)

10.3.1 General

1 The Contractor shall prepare an emergency response plans for the project and the following

but not limited to shall be addressed;

(a) Responsibilities;

(b) Risk assessment and hazard identification and controls for potential emergencies;

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 87/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 20Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(c) Hazard identifications and controls;

(d) Coordination with outside emergency response organizations;

(e) Arrival of outside emergency response groups;

(f) Emergency response equipment;

(g) Emergency drills;

(h) Tests of emergency preparedness and response program;

(i) Crisis management plan - major events emergency response plan;

(j) Evacuation procedure;

(k) Medical facilities;

(l) Site fire prevention and response reporting;

(m) Environmental spills and releases;

(n) Security including (bomb threat);

(o) Malicious threats; and

(p) Severe weather conditions.

2 It shall be mandatory that all personnel are aware and understand what actions to take and

when to take them in the event of an emergency situation. The Contractor shall provide such

information, instruction and training as may be required to assist the personnel to respond

appropriately, in the event of an emergency.

3 The Contractor shall develop ERPs for review by the Engineer in order to verify the suitability

and capability of arrangements. The Contractor shall ensure a schedule is produced to

conduct drills and exercises on a regular basis at the sites under its control.

4 Records of drills and exercises conducted shall to be kept together with details of follow up

actions and performance assessments for audit purpose.

5 The first emergency drill shall be conducted within first the 30 calendar days following

commencement of operations; afterwards emergency drills shall be conducted on a 6

monthly basis as a minimum.

6  All ERPs’ shall be reviewed and whenever necessary revised and updated every 6 months,

periodic auditing must be carried out to ensure compliance.

10.4 EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.4.1 Background

1 During the month of April 2013 earthquakes occurred in Iran with varying degrees of tremors

felt in the State of Qatar and the wider Middle East Region.

2 April 16th 2013 was by far the larger earthquake measuring 7.8 on the Richter scale with the

tremors physically being felt in numerous locations and buildings across the region. Whilst

events of this type are rare, the impacts could be serious both from a human and business

scale.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 88/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 21Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 Following these events it is clear that should have an earthquake evacuation procedure. This

emergency management plan has been developed; however it requires integration into the

existing emergency and evacuation plans.

4 It is to be advised that the earthquake procedure whilst very important is one element of a

much larger requirement for Emergency Management Planning to ensure that all scenario’s

and eventualities are addressed inclusive of crisis management and business continuity.

10.4.2 Requirements

1 Outlined below is a suggested approach that could be taken to take into account those other

elements of emergency planning starting with a review of the current arrangements for

buildings, towers and associated structures inclusive of car parks.

2 The suggested overall approach would be a three phase priority approach. The first phase

identifying the ‘as is’ situation to the desired outcome of ‘to be’ and the ‘future’ requirements,

but this is not limited and may require additional elements as recommended by other experts.

10.4.3 Phase One: Gap Analysis (‘as is’) 

1 Engage the relevant technical experts for the various aspects of the review, inclusive of but

not limited to Fire Design Engineer, Health and Safety Consultant, training providers etc.

2 Review all existing emergency process, procedures, plans and protocols within the

organisation and engage with other stakeholders such as Civil Defence to understand any

wider requirements, etc.

3 Review of all buildings physical emergency evacuation systems to ensure they meet relevant

codes and legislative requirements.

4 Review all evacuation assembly points and engage other building owners nearby the

organisation building.

5 Develop work assignments for the organisation personnel and Safety Wardens during

earthquakes.

6 Review the organisation buildings maintenance department records.

7 Identify relevant codes, legislative requirements and specific procedures needed for forward

planning.

8 Identify salient issues for consideration namely high rise building, crowded indoor public

places, indoor safety, outdoor safety, automobiles etc.

9 Identify non-structural hazards such as file cabinets, rack storage units, book shelves, HVAC

...etc.

10 Involve other stakeholders such as the organisation Health and Safety Section, Civil Defence,

Ministry of Environment, other building owners in the immediate district etc to ensure their

views, requirements, interests and responsibilities are established.

11 Review existing business resiliency and continuity plans, process and procedure.

12 Review existing crisis management plans, process and procedure.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 89/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 22Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

13 Indicate future planning and requirements inclusive of the proposed new and existing car

park.

14 Include training and awareness plan for the wider organisation based upon the identified

training needs.

15 Undertake training and awareness for any developed process and procedures.

16 Produce gap analysis report detailing all required changes, upgrades to process, procedures,

plans, training requirements, emergency systems etc.

17 Present outcomes of gap analysis.

18 Develop an initial implementation plan, methodology and programme for Phase 2 and 3

based upon the outcomes of the Gap Analysis.

19 Review plans to backup computer records and equipment of vital records.

10.4.4 Phase Two: Implementation (‘to be’) 

1 Implement agreed gap analysis outputs/approach inclusive of all manuals, procedures,

technical information required.

2 Develop administrative processes and procedures to support the plan.

3 Communicate the plan to all those affected at different level of the business.

4 Include for planning of any associated drills and lessons learnt.

5 Implement lessons learnt into plan, processes and procedures.

6 Establish periodic review of emergency systems.

10.4.5 Phase Three: Future Requirements

1 Advise if engagement of further consultants/engineers to undertake seismic survey of

existing buildings.

2 Development of business continuity plans.

3 Development of post-earthquake assessment procedures.

4 Development of crisis management plans.

5 Undertake training and awareness for any developed process and procedures.

6 Include for planning of any associated drills and lessons learnt.

7 Development of all related support materials.

8 Development of coordination procedures with Civil Defence and other authorities during

earthquakes.

9 Periodic review of emergency planning systems.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 90/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 23Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.4.6 What Should We Do During An Earth Quake?

1 Stay calm!

2 If you're indoors, stay inside and if you're outside, stay outside.

3 If you're indoors, stand against a wall near the centre of the building, stand in a doorway, or

crawl under heavy furniture (a desk or table i.e. cover your head and neck).

4 Drop down onto your hands and knees.

5 Stay away from windows and outside doors.

6 If you're outdoors, stay in the open away from power lines or anything that might fall. Stay

away from buildings.

7 Don't use matches, candles, or any flame.

8 Broken gas lines and fire don't mix.

9 If you're in a car, stop the car and stay inside the car until the earthquake stops.

10 Don't use elevators or put yourself at risk.

11 For impaired mobility, if you cannot drop to the ground, try to sit or remain seated so you are

not knocked down. If you are in a wheelchair lock your wheels. Protect your head and neck

with a large book, a pillow, or your arms.

10.4.7 What Should We Do After An Earth Quake?

1 Check yourself and others for injuries. Provide first aid for anyone who needs it.

2 Check the building, water, and electric lines for damage. If any are damaged, isolate if

possible and report to relevant authorities.

3 Turn on the radio. Don't use mobile phones unless it's an emergency.

4 Stay out of damaged buildings.

5 Stay inside buildings unless directed to do otherwise.

6 Evaluate and critique once a crisis situation is stabilised.

7 Expect further aftershocks.

8 Stay away from beaches. Tsunamis sometimes hit after the ground has stopped shaking.

9 If you're at work follow the emergency arrangements and instructions for the particular

building after the earthquake.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 91/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 24Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.5 SPECIAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS

10.5.1 Permits

1 A permit-to-work system (Hot work, Excavation, Scaffolding & Electric work) shall be

observed (correctly issued, Signed & Client requirement enforced) when undertaking any

work on an existing utility, service, item of equipment or structure.

2 A permit-to-enter system shall be observed (correctly issued, Signed & Client requirement

enforced) when undertaking any work in a confined space.

10.5.2 Guarantee

1 Where the Contract requires work to be carried out within or adjacent to any pipeline or at a

sewage treatment plant, the Contractor shall comply with any requirement of the Public

Works Authority.

10.5.3 Mechanical Plant, Machinery and Equipment

1 Sufficient suitable standby plant shall be immediately available in cases where the safety of

the Works or of personnel depends upon mechanical plant.

2 Test and thorough examination by a competent person of all equipment that is capable of

storing energy, such as air receivers and pressure vessels, is required at periods not

exceeding 12 months. Reports of such test and examination will be held on the Worksite and

made available to the employer on request.

3 The Contractor will make arrangements for all mobile plant and vehicles that enter the

Worksite to be checked by 3rd party certification to ensure the following are provided and in

good working order:

(a) Braking systems

(b) Steering systems

(c) Gauges and warning lights

(d) Operating controls

(e) Windscreens and wipers

(f) Reversing alarms

(g) Rear view mirrors

(h) Roll over protection devices

(i) Wheels, tyres, track

(j) Pneumatic and hydraulic hoses

(k) Seat belts and anchors

(l) Fuel lines and tanks

(m) Electrical control systems

(n) Suspension and stabilization systems

(o) Bodywork, covers and panels

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 92/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 25Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

4 Mobile plant and vehicles that are defective will be removed from use in work areas and

taken to a repair facility on the Worksite or removed from the Worksite.

5 Repair work will only be carried out by trained and authorised mobile plant and vehicle repair

technicians.

6 Whenever maintenance work is ongoing the machinery or equipment will be isolated and de-

energized.

7 All mobile plant and vehicle operators will hold relevant Qatari driving licenses for the

category of plant or vehicle that they operate. In addition operators of mobile plant will be in

possession of a 3rd party training certificate to verify that they have the skills necessary for

safe use of the plant.

8 Operators will use mobile plant and vehicles only in accordance with their operating manuals.

9 The Contractor will conduct a job hazard analysis for each item of machinery and equipmentthat will be used.

10 The following site rules will be observed by all mobile plant and vehicle operators:

(a) Mobile plant and delivery vehicles will not be reversed without a banks man in

attendance.

(b) No passengers will be carried on mobile plant or vehicles other that in seats that are

specifically designed for carrying passengers.

11 The Contractor shall prevent oil / fuel leak causing environmentally pollution.

12 The Contractor will eliminate or reduce the associated hazards for construction lift such as,construction lift failure, falling persons and falling objects by meeting or bettering these

specifications. And:

(a) All construction lifts will have flat base plates without holes or openings, enclosed sides

and roof that are designed to prevent from falling objects.

(b) All construction lifts will have overload protection devices that prevent movement of the

platform if it is overloaded.

10.5.4 Existing Utilities

1 Prior to excavating in any area, the location of existing utilities shall be confirmed from as-

built drawings, contact with utility authorities and trial holes.

2 Excavation in the vicinity of any utility shall be carried out to the requirements of the utility

owner.

3 Protection for utilities is the least effective means of controlling any associated risk. Where

Contractors use this method the following will be provided:

(a) Marker posts or blocks that clearly indicate the nature, depth and path of all

underground utilities.

(b) Where traffic routes pass over underground utilities temporary protection will be

provided. Warning signs stating the maximum vehicle weight that may safely cross theutility will be positioned on the access route at each side of the utility.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 93/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 26Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(c) Temporary barriers or fences that run parallel to the route of any overhead utilities.

Warning signs detailing the nature of any overhead utilities on the barriers or fences.

(d) Where traffic routes pass below overhead utilities warning signs stating the maximum

vehicle height and height restrictors will be positioned on the access route at each side

of the overhead utility.

4 Where any construction activity adjacent to a utility is undertaken the minimum clearance

distances will be clearly established and communicated to each and every person involved

with the construction activity.

5 Traffic routes and material stockpile areas will be clearly identified and established prior to

excavation work commencing. All excavation areas, traffic routes and stockpile areas are to

be surveyed for overhead services. Any services identified are to be removed or clearly

marked with height restrictors and warning information.

10.5.5 Excavations

1 During the planning stage all materials and equipment required for the safe excavation work

must be clearly identified. Such equipment and materials may include the following:

(a) Shoring

(b) Solid Barriers

(c) Vehicle stop blocks

(d) Access ladders or scaffolding

(e) Ventilation

(f) Lighting

(g) Signage

(h) Pumps

(i) Generators

(j) Air Monitoring Devices

(k) Movement Monitoring Equipment

(l) Rescue Equipment

2 For all excavation work a competent excavation supervisor will be appointed. The level of

training and experience required to determine competence will vary depending on thecomplexity of the excavation. He will have previous experience of the type of excavation work

to be undertaken and formal Occupational Health and Safety training relating to the safety of

excavation work.

3 Temporary safety barriers should be used to protect workers and the travelling public from

excavations that are more than 300mm deep in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic

Management Guide.

4 Once the design requirements are known a job hazard analysis of the excavation work will be

completed by the excavation supervisor with the assistance of Occupational Health and

Safety staff and engineers as required. The Job Hazard Analysis will clearly identify the job

specific risks and control measures for the excavation work.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 94/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 27Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

5 Prior to commencement of any excavation work all persons involved will be given a pre-work

briefing based on the Job Hazard Analysis relating to the risks and required control measures

for the excavation work. The appointed excavation supervisor will be responsible for

presenting and recording the briefing.

6 Prior to commencement of work all materials, plant and equipment will be checked to ensure

that they are in good condition. In particular the condition of all mechanical excavators will be

checked to ensure that:

(a) All windows in the drivers cab are clean, unbroken and unobstructed.

(b) Rear view mirrors are securely attached, unbroken and clean.

(c) All track plates and connectors are in good condition and secured with proprietary

locking pins.

(d) All dipper arm joints and attachments are secured with proprietary pins and locking

pins.

(e) All task and indicator lighting is in working order.

7 Trucks will only be operated by persons with valid Qatari driving licenses. Plant such as

excavators, loading shovels etc shall only be operated by trained and competent operators

that hold valid 3rd Party certification for the type of plant being operated. This certification is

required in addition to Qatari driving license requirements.

8 When the reversing of trucks is necessary for the collection or delivery of materials a banks

man will be in attendance. All banks men will be provided with high visibility clothing and be

trained in the safety aspects of reversing vehicles. Where vehicles are reversing up to an

excavation or travelling alongside an excavation vehicle stop blocks or vehicle barriers will be

provided to prevent them falling into the excavation.

9 Continuous adequate solid barriers will be placed around all excavations over 1.2m deep at a

distance at least of 1.2m. Where night time pedestrian or vehicle access is adjacent to

excavation then all solid barriers will be fitted with warning lights.

10 Pedestrian access to and from all excavations will be by means of ladder or adequately

constructed staircases. The possibility of a person falling from a height of more than 2m from

the access will be prevented. The horizontal distance between access points will not exceed

15m.

11 All ladders used on the Project will be manufactured in accordance with an internationally

recognised standard. Any ladder that is found to be defective will be removed from use

immediately.

12 All straight ladders will be positioned at an angle to minimize the risk of slipping or falling

backwards. The distance between the base of the vertical plane and the base of the ladder

will be 1 unit out for each 4 units in height of the vertical plane.

13 Ladders that are used to gain access from one level to another will extend at least 1m above

the upper level surface. Where a general access ladder run extends a distance of more than

6m a landing point with a firm level platform and fall prevention measures will be provided at

each and every 6m.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 95/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 28Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

14 Excavations shall be kept clean and tidy at all times. Accumulated waste and unused

materials will be removed from excavations on a daily basis. All excavations will be

thoroughly cleaned prior to any backfilling operations commencing.

15 To prevent the risk associated with falling objects excavated materials, other materials and

equipment shall not be stored at the edge of any excavation. A clear distance of 2m shall be

maintained around all excavations.

10.5.6 Warning Signs

1 The Contractor shall set up and maintain (cleaned and legible) throughout the course of the

Contract enough traffic diversion signs in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic

Management Guide and additional warning signs & guides.

2 Additional areas that require warnings signs and barriers are:

(a) Excavations over 1.2m deep(b) Any edge, opening or platform from where a person may fall more than 2m

(c) Electrical transformers and substations

(d) Confined space entry points

(e) Areas below and around working at height and heavy lifting operations

(f) Areas of open water more than 1m deep

(g) Areas where flammable goods are stored

(h) Areas where radiation sources are used or stored

(i) Areas within Worksites that are classed as non-construction areas

(j) Areas within non construction areas where construction activity is on-going

(k) Areas below overhead utilities

(l) Areas above underground services

(m) Areas where test and commissioning activities are on-going

3 Warning signs will clearly state the nature of the hazard and instruct people of the correct

actions to take. Warning signs will be manufactures in accordance with internationally

recognised standards. All signs will be in English, Arabic and the languages preferred (can

be understand) by the workers on the Worksite.

4 All safety barriers and barricades are to comply with the Qatar Work Zone Traff ic

Management Guide..

10.5.7 Confined Spaces

1 Entry into a confined space will only be permitted where a competent person is appointed to

directly supervise the work. The competent person will hold a certificate of training or license

that is issued by a 3rd party. The competent person will be appointed in writing by the

Contractor and the appointment will be copied to the employer.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 96/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 29Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

2 Any person that enters into a confined space will have received formal training in the safe

methods of entry and working in a confined space. Such training will include the

arrangements for emergency communication and response. In addition every person that

enters into a confined space will be given a briefing by the appointed competent person

relating to the specific hazards of the work and the control measures that have been detailedin the job hazard analysis.

3 Any person that acts as an attendant for confined space work will have received formal

training in the safe methods of rescue from a confined space and the arrangements for

emergency communications with external emergency services.

4 The contractor will only permit trained workers, under the direct supervision of an authorised

competent person, with confined space attendants present, to enter a confined space.

5 Internal combustion engines will not be taken into a confined space or operated in a position

where their exhaust gasses may be drawn into the confined space.

6 Persons entering into a confined space will wear a full body rescue harness that is attached

to a rescue line anchored outside the confined space

7 The contractor will implement a safe working procedure for confined space entry that

includes the following:

(a) Preparation of a confined space entry permit

(b) Provision of all equipment necessary for entering into and working in the confined

space including access, lighting, mechanical ventilation, gas detectors,

communication, personal protective equipment and emergency rescue equipment. All

such equipment will be manufactured in accordance with internationally recognisedstandards

(c) Provision of warning signs and barriers around the confined space entry point

(d) Setting up emergency communication and rescue equipment

(e) Issue of a permit to enter the confined space

(f) Checking of the atmosphere inside the confined space and installation of ventilation

equipment

(g) Installation of lighting

(h) Entry into and work in the confined space.

(i) Monitoring of conditions in the confined space.

(j) Continuous checking and recording of all persons entering into and exiting from the

confined space by the confined space attendant

(k) Completion of work and removal of all equipment from the confined space

(l) Accounting for all persons and equipment that entered the confined space

(m) Securing the entry point to the confined space

(n) Closing the confined space entry permit

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 97/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 30Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.5.8 Lifting Operation

1 The Contractor will appoint a competent lifting operations supervisor for the Worksite. The

lifting operation supervisor will ensure that the requirements of this specification are met at all

times.

2 Rigging of loads and signalling of cranes will be undertaken only by trained and competent

persons. All riggers will be required to wear a blue construction safety helmet and a red high

visibility vest for the purpose of easy identification on the Worksite.

3 Cranes will only be operated by trained and competent operators who are in possession of an

operator’s  license issued by a 3rd party. In addition appropriate Qatari driving licenses are

required for all mobile equipment’s.

4 A thorough examination of each lifting appliance will be made by a 3rd party inspector at

periods not exceeding 12 months and after substantial re-erection, alteration or repair. Load

capacity to be displayed.

5 All lifting appliances on the Worksite will have a copy of the manufacturers operating manual

and load rating charts available for use and kept with the operator cabinet or machine.

6 Before a mobile crane is positioned for a lift, attention will be paid to the condition of the

ground upon which the crane will stand, as this will be subjected to high point-loadings from

outriggers or tyres. Dependent upon the nature of the ground and/or the size of the crane to

be used, a special hard standing may have to be prepared.

7 The maximum safe working wind speeds for all construction activity and in particular lifting

operations and Working at height activity is 25 Knots. The construction will monitor the

weather conditions and suspend work when wind speeds in excess of the maximum safe

working speeds are anticipated.

8 Outriggers will be properly set and locked if a locking device is provided. When controlled

remotely from the cab, the operator will make a physical check to ensure that each pad has

an adequate bearing before a load is lifted. Sound timber packing or metal plates will be used

under each outrigger pad to distribute the load. It is essential that outriggers are supported at

the jacking points and not under the outrigger beams. Also, lifting location to be barrier off.

9 A method statement and job hazard analysis will be provided to the Engineer for all structural

steel erection activity. No structural steelwork erection will commence prior to approval of the

method statement and job hazard analysis by the Engineer. All structural steel erectors willbe fully conversant with the construction method, sequence and hazard control measures

prior to any work activity commencing.

10.5.9 Lifting Gear

1 Lifting gear means any chain sling, rope sling, or similar gear, and any ring, link, hook, plate

clamp, shackle, swivel or eye bolt, used on the Worksite.

2 All lifting gear will be subjected to a thorough examination by a competent person from 3rd

party at intervals not exceeding 6 months. Identity number and SWL to be check.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 98/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 31Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 A wire rope used in raising, lowering or suspension of a load, will not be used if it is kinked,

significantly rusted, the core is visible or the rope has visible broken wires, exceeding 5% of

the total or in any length equal to 10 times the diameter of the rope.

4 Riggers will check the condition of lifting gear prior to each and every lift.

5 Any lifting gear that is found to be defective will be removed from service and sprayed with

red paint to indicate that it is not to be used. All defective equipment will be removed from the

Worksite.

6 A system will be established on the Worksite for storage of all lifting equipment not regularly

in use. Such equipment will not be left in the work areas.

10.5.10 Scaffolding

1 For all scaffolding construction activity and dismantling activity a competent scaffolding

supervisor will be appointed. The level of training and experience required to determinecompetence will vary depending on the complexity of the scaffolding structure to be erected

or dismantling. Industry standards and codes detail competency requirements.

2 All employees involved in scaffolding construction activities and dismantling activity will be

trained in the safe methods of working and in particular the manner in which fall prevention or

arrest is to be achieved. Contractors will maintain detailed information of the training provided

and the methods that they have used for assessment of competency and suitability for all

employees undertaking scaffolding construction activities.

3 All scaffolding erection areas and dismantling areas will be provided with barriers and

warning signs to exclude all personnel that are not specifically involved with the scaffolding

construction and dismantling activity. Where such areas are adjacent to roadways barriers

with a capability to prevent vehicles entering the area will be erected or dismantling. Where

such areas are adjacent to members of the public or 3rd parties then screening and falling

object protection will be provided. The appointed scaffolding supervisor is to be made

responsible for ensuring that exclusion zones are in place and maintained at all times whilst

scaffolding construction and dismantling activity is on-going.

4 All materials being used for scaffolding construction will be checked prior to them being used

to ensure they are in good condition. Any materials found to be defective will be clearly

marked as defective and discarded or removed from the construction area to ensure that

they are not used.

5 Scaffolding that has been constructed in accordance with the design will be inspected for use

by displaying green scaff tag at all access points of the scaffolding detailing the following

information:

(a) the unique identification and location of the scaffolding inspected

(b) the name of the person making the inspection

(c) the date that the inspection was completed

(d) the intended use and capacity of the scaffolding

(e) the required re-inspection frequency for the scaffolding

6 The person making the scaffold inspection will maintain written details of the inspection that

they have conducted to enable them to verify their scaff tag system.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 99/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 32Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

7 All scaffolding that does not display green scaff tag for use will be fitted with red scaff tag

states that the scaffolding is not fit for use and the access points will be removed or made

unusable.

8 Users of scaffolding will at all times conduct their work in a manner that eliminates the

possibility of falling objects.

9 Users of scaffolding are to be prohibited from altering or dismantling any part of scaffolding.

10 Users of scaffolding are required to maintain unobstructed access and egress at all times. All

debris and materials no longer required will be removed from scaffolding on a daily basis. All

materials and equipment used on scaffolding will be stored in a manner that does not

obstruct the free movement of the people using the scaffolding.

11 The frequency of re-inspection of scaffolding – every 7(seven) days – will be displayed on the

green scaff tag. Users of scaffolding are required to check that the period of re-inspection

has not been exceeded before using the scaffolding. In any case where the re-inspectiondate has been exceeded the user will request the appointed scaffolding supervisor to make

the re-inspection and to re-sign the green scaff tag for use. The user will not access the

scaffolding until such time as the re-inspection has been made.

12 Before any dismantling activity is undertaken on scaffolding it will be removed from use. All

green scaff tag will be removed and replaced with red scaff tag which is not fit for use and all

scaffolding access points will be removed or made unusable.

10.5.11 Hot work and Welding

1 The contractor will only use electric welding equipment in accordance with the following

requirements:

(a) Welding cables and equipment will be properly maintained and inspected before use.

Defective equipment will be removed from use and arrangement for repair will be

made.

(b) Electric welding cables are to be kept as short as possible and routed away from

pedestrian walkway areas.

(c) Electric welding operations will only be undertaken with earth return electrodes

connected to the work piece.

(d) All connections between welding equipment and welding cables will be securely bolted.

(e) Pipelines containing flammable liquids or gases, or electrical cables will not be used as

a ground.

(f) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes will be removed and

the holder placed where it is protected from unintentional contact.

(g) A fire resistant container will be provided for spent electrode stubs.

(h) Welding machines will be turned off when being moved or when the equipment is not

in use.

2 Tanks, vessels and drums that have contained flammable or toxic liquids will be filled with

water or thoroughly cleaned before hot work or welding is undertaken on them.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 100/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 33Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 Where coatings are present on materials to be heated the coating will be removed to prevent

the coating being heated.

4 Suitable portable fire extinguishing equipment will be located within 6 meters of any hot work

location.

10.5.12 Compressed Gas Cylinders

1 The Contractor will only use compressed fuel gasses in accordance with the following

requirements;

(a) Cylinders will not be transported with regulators, gauges and hoses attached.

(b) Cylinders will be transported in an upright position and will not be hauled in equipment

beds or truck beds on their side.

(c) Cylinders lifted from one elevation to another will be lifted only in racks or containers

designed for that purpose. Cylinders will not be hoisted by the valve cap or by meansof magnets or slings.

(d) Cylinders will not be used as, or placed where they may become part of, an electrical

circuit.

(e) Cylinders will be protected from extreme heat and from being struck by moving

equipment and falling objects.

(f) Cylinders will not be taken into a confined space.

(g) Cylinders will not be used as rollers; will be transport on appropriate trolley.

(h) Damaged or defective cylinders will not be used or be permitted to remain on the

Worksite.

(i) Type of gas clearly marked on cylinders and segregation of incompatible gases is

required.

(j) Oxygen cylinders will be kept free of oil and grease.

(k) Cylinders will be secured in place during use and storage. Securing shall be around

the body of the cylinder, securing around the cylinder neck or cap will be prohibited.

(l) Cylinder valves will be closed at all times when cylinders are not in use.

(m) A key wrench is required to be in place on the valve of acetylene cylinders at all times

during use.

(n) Fuel gas and oxygen hoses will be of different colours and will not be interchanged.

(o) All hose, valve and regulator assemblies will incorporate a flashback arrestor.

(p) Hoses are to be kept as short as possible and routed away from walkway areas.

(q) Under no circumstances are damaged hoses or torches to be used.

(r) Torches will be ignited by friction lighters or other approved devices only.

(s) Fuel gases will only be used for the purposes of cutting or heating. They will never be

used for pressure testing or ventilation.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 101/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 34Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

10.5.13 Working at Height

1 Contractors are required to reduce the risk of persons falling from height by providing a

means of fall prevention or arrest for every person on the Worksite that is exposed to a risk

of falling a distance of 2m or more.

2 Supervisors of persons using fall arrest systems will be trained in the correct installation, use

and maintenance of fall arrest systems. Training will be provided by a 3rd party. All persons

required to use fall arrest systems will receive formal training in safe working at height prior to

using such systems.

3 The use of safety belts as part of a fall arrest system is prohibited.

4 Safe access to the point at which a person will attach themselves to a fall arrest system will

be provided. In cases where a person using a safety harness has to detach the lanyard from

the anchor point and reattach it to a different anchor point, whilst being in a position where

the risk of falling exists, double lanyards will be used with one of the lanyards remainingattached to the anchor point at all times.

5 Where any form of fall arrest system is used the contractor will put in place arrangements to

rescue any person that is caught by the fall arrest system. The rescue system and equipment

will be capable of rescuing any person that may be unconscious whilst suspended and or

suffering from suspension trauma. The system will be capable of rescuing the suspended

person within 3 minutes of the fall being arrested.

6 All edges of working platforms and work areas that objects may fall from will be provided with

securely fixed continuous toe boards that are at least 200mm high.

7 All holes and openings in floor areas will be fitted with temporary covers to prevent objects

falling to lower levels of the structure.

8 Where work is on-going on the exterior faces of structures the working platforms that are

used to gain access will be fitted with lightweight mesh or netting to prevent objects falling

from them.

9 Materials and equipment will not be stored or located within 2m of edges of working areas or

platforms.

10 All materials and waste that may be blown by the wind from raised structures will be secured

and stored in a manner that prevents them from being blown from the structure.

11 Where designated pedestrian walkways, entrances or exits are located beneath edges or

openings where work is on-going steel framed and sheeted canopies will be erected to

protect pedestrians from falling objects.

12 The contractor will produce a method statement and job hazard analysis for all roof and

canopy work activity. For work on new structures safety information will be obtained from the

designers and incorporated into the method statement and job hazard analysis. For work on

existing structures where design information is not available then a survey of the existing

structure will be made to identify hazards such as:

(a) Fragile coverings

(b) Holes and openings

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 102/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 35Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(c) Exposed edges

(d) Lack of safe access

(e) Damage or disrepair of the existing structure

(f) Adjacent structures, facilities or services

13 A method statement and job hazard analysis will be provided to the Engineer for all roof and

canopy work activity. No work will commence prior to approval of the method statement and

 job hazard analysis by the Engineer. All roof and canopy installation workers will be fully

conversant with the construction method, sequence and hazard control measures prior to any

work activity commencing.

14 The contractor will meet the following roof and canopy work specific Occupational Health

and Safety requirements:

(a) The storage of materials on roof surfaces will be minimized at all times

(b) Storage of materials on roof surfaces is not permitted within 2m of any edge or eave

(c) All openings and non-walkable areas will be protected by barriers and signage to

prevent pedestrian access

(d) All waste will be removed from the work areas on a daily basis and prior to any areas

being left unattended

(e) All areas of roof or canopy covering will be fully fixed at the time of positioning. The

practice of laying large areas of unfixed coverings is prohibited

15 The structure that the suspended working platform is attached to or mounted on will be

surveyed and assessed to ensure that it is capable of supporting the loads that the

equipment will impose on it.

16 The installation, maintenance, use and dismantling of suspended working platforms will be

under the control of a competent person that is appointed by the Contractor. The competent

person will be fully familiar with each and every type of suspended working platform in use on

the Worksite. Persons who work from suspended working platforms will have received formal

training to ensure the safety of themselves and of other persons that may be affected by the

operation with particular emphasis on the correct use of the equipment, working at height and

falling object prevention.

17 The following requirements will be met for all use of suspended working platforms;

(a) Users will not alter or interfere with any part of the suspended working platform, control

or safety devices.

(b) The work area below the suspended working platform will be clearly marked a

pedestrian exclusion zone will be created.

(c) The user will check all controls and safety devices on a daily basis to ensure that they

are functioning correctly.

(d) Use will cease whenever wind speed in excess of the maximum permissible is

anticipated.

(e) The suspended working platform will be maintained in a horizontal position whilst it isin use.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 103/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 36Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(f) The practice of transferring people or materials from the suspended working platform

is prohibited other than at the designated access points.

(g) Every person working from a suspended working platform shall wear a full body safety

harness that is attached to an independent lifeline.

(h) The platform will be kept free of loose materials or articles liable to endanger or

interfere with the worker’s hand hold or foot hold

(i) The power supply will be disabled whenever the suspended working platform is left

unattended.

10.5.14 Electrical

1 This specification applies to all temporary electrical systems on the Worksite and all electrical

equipment used for construction, commissioning and testing purposes. The requirements

given are minimum requirements and Contractors are required to equal or better them.

2 A competent electrician or electrical engineer will be appointed or employed on everycontract. The competency requirements will be determined by the nature of the temporary

electrical system that will be installed on the Worksite

3 The Contractor will reduce risk by using cordless tools or electrical equipment that is

operated at reduced voltages. Only intrinsically safe electrical equipment will be permitted for

use at any location where flammable atmospheres may exist or confined space.

4 All electrical equipment used on the Worksite will be manufactured in accordance with an

internationally recognised standard.

5 Portable Power Tools will be of a double insulated type.

6 Jointing of all electrical cables and wires shall be by means of proprietary terminations or

connectors. The practice of twisting and taping electrical components together to create a

connection is prohibited.

7 Temporary power supplies for the Worksite may be provided from generators or via a

Worksite specific transformer connected to the national power network. All generators and

transformers on the Worksite shall be located in areas that are fenced and secured to

prevent any unauthorized entry. Each such location will be provided with portable fire

extinguishers. All electrical systems shall be bonded to the earth.

8 All electrical circuits that are created will be protected by earth leakage circuit breakers(ELCB). All metal components of an electrical system shall be earthed. Distribution of

electrical power shall be provided through distribution panels and switches that are enclosed

or housed in securely closed and locked boxes or cabinets.

9 Warning signs that clearly indicate electrical hazards shall be fixed to all electrical switch

boxes and distribution panels. Similar signs shall be displayed at all transformers, generators

and overhead power line locations.

10 All signs and notices shall be in English and Arabic and the language preferred (can be

understand) by the workers employed on the Worksite.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 104/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 37Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

11 All electricity supply cables shall be buried or properly supported and protected and shall be

armoured. Flexible cable shall only be allowed for hand lamps and hand held tools and shall

not exceed 6 metres in length. Industrial type plugs and sockets shall be used. All electrical

installations shall be in charge of a competent person who shall accept full responsibility for

its use and any alterations or additions thereto. The name, designation and telephonenumber of such person shall be prominently displayed close to the main switch or circuit

breaker of the installation, and also in the Contractor’s site office. 

10.6 FIRST AID

10.6.1 First Aid and Clinic

1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain first aid Boxes / Clinic (according to number of

workers as per Qatar Law No.14 of the Year 2004  – The Labour Law) complete with all first

aid kits and equipment (as a minimum but not limited to Clean room with potable water

supply, Stretcher, Ambulance, Standby Vehicle, ... etc) necessary for the initial care of any of

the Contractor’s or Engineer’s personnel who may be injured. 

2 The box shall be kept in a conspicuous place in the establishment and shall be available to

the workers.

3 The use of the box shall be entrusted to a worker trained in providing first-aid medical

services.

4 As a minimum, there should be a first aid box with Medical record book in all areas where

work is in progress.

5 The Contractor shall ensure that the first aid Kits and equipment at each first aid box / clinic

is complete and within expiration date in all respects at all times.

6 At each first aid box / clinic the names and contact Telephone numbers of the Contractor’s

staff who are trained to render first aid shall be displayed.

7 The Contractor shall provide and maintain Periodic medical examinations for workers and

follow up (maximum every year from employment date).

10.7 FIRE PRECAUTION AND PREVENTION

10.7.1 General

1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions against fire as required by the insurance

company insuring the Works, the Department of Civil Defence and the Engineer.

2 Quantities of flammable materials on site shall be kept to an absolute minimum and shall be

properly handled and stored. Any handling and storage recommendations made by Material

Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and the manufacturers of flammable materials shall be strictly

adhered to.

3 All flammable materials storage areas will be located at least 20m away from other

structures, areas where combustible materials are stored and areas where sources of ignition

are found. Storage areas will be freely ventilated to eliminate any possible build up of

flammable vapour or gas. Flammable material storage facilities will not be constructed of

combustible materials.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 105/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 38Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

4 Except as otherwise provided herein, the Contractor shall not permit fires to be built or open

type heating devices to be used in any part of the Site.

5 The Contractor shall provide, regularly checked and maintain approved by Department of

Civil Defence fire fighting equipment in the site offices, the stores and about the Works where

applicable. The type, amount and location of fire fighting equipment shall be to the

requirements of the Department of Civil Defence. The Contractor shall confirm to the

Engineer in writing that the requirements of the Department of Civil Defence have been met.

6 The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Department of Civil Defence to inspect the

Works and promptly carry out their recommendations at his own expense if requested to do

so by the Engineer.

7 Combustible fuel oils shall be stored in designated storage areas. Fuel oil shall only be

contained in tanks or containers that are in good condition. Tanks and containers will be

located in bounded areas capable of containing any spillage or leak. Bounded areas will be

kept free of water and debris. All pump equipment and fuel oil lines or hoses will bemaintained regularly to ensure that there no leaking parts. Fuel oil lines and hoses will be

terminated with filler nozzles or valves that stop the flow of fuel oil when the device is not

held. Any electrical equipment such as lighting and pumps that is located in fuel oil storage

areas shall have an operating voltage of 110V or less.

8 Hot work and welding operations at height require particular controls to prevent people or

materials below being exposed to the risks of the work activity, the following controls will be

put in place;

(a) All work activity will be coordinated with other activities in areas below

(b) Areas below will be cleared of all combustible and flammable materials.

(c) Fire blanket / Fire retardant material will be used to cover any combustible materialsthat cannot be cleared.

(d) Fire blanket / Fire retardant material must be removed after hot work and weldingactivities are completed.

(e) A fire watchman will remain at the site of hot work activity for 30 minutes after work isfinished.

9 The Contractor will provide training in the correct selection and use of portable fire

extinguishers for every person employed at the Worksite.

10 Portable fire extinguishers will be provided at the following locations:

(a) Every electrical generator, transformer and main distribution panel

(b) Every piece of mobile plant and equipment

(c) Every area of flammable materials storage and use

(d) Every area of hot work activity

(e) Every temporary structure

(f) Every work area where combustible materials are present.

11 Smoking will be prohibited in any areas where flammable or combustible materials are

stored. It will also be prohibited in any temporary structure other than in clearly designated

and defined smoking areas. Smoking areas will be cleaned on a daily basis, a means of

extinguishing cigarettes will be provided.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 106/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 39Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

12 Fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas will be provided for all enclosed temporary

structures and permanent structures under construction. All such areas will be kept free from

obstructions at all times. Wherever possible in permanent structures under construction the

fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas used will be those designed for use in the

occupied structure.

13 Information and warning signs will be provided at the following locations or areas:

(a) Flammable materials stores

(b) Combustible materials stores

(c) Temporary fire systems

(d) Portable fire extinguishers

(e) Fire escape routes, exits and assembly areas.

14 The Contractor shall make all arrangements to keep access for Fire Brigade cleared and

Emergency Alarms audible in all areas.

10.7.2 Emergency Equipment

1 Temporary fire protection equipment for the Worksite will be provided by the Contractor for

the duration of the contract. Such equipment may include but is not be limited to:

(a) Portable fire extinguishers

(b) Fire sand buckets

(c) Fire water storage and distribution systems

(d) Fire suppression systems

(e) Fire / Smoke / Gas detection systems

(f) Fire warning / Alarm / Emergency Evacuation systems

(g) Procedures

(h) Emergency contact telephone numbers / Communications

(i) Breathing apparatus and / or respirators (if applicable)

(j) Torches

(k) Loud Hailer

(l) Emergency lighting

(m) Adequate and safe Emergency Exit / Doors are provided

(n) Assembly / Muster point

2 Escape routes, access ways to alarm points, extinguishers, hydrants and other fire fighting

equipment and first aid kits kept clear of obstruction at all times

3 All structures that are normally occupied by five to twenty five people will be provided with the

following:

(a) Portable fire extinguisher equipment.

(b) First aid kit.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 107/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 40Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(c) Trained first aider.

(d) Emergency contact information notices.

(e) Telephone or radio communication equipment.

4 All temporary facility structures that are normally occupied by twenty five to one hundred

people will be provided with the above plus the following:

(a) Smoke detectors

(b) One first aid kit for each 25 people.

(c) Designated emergency evacuation routes.

(d) An emergency preparedness and evacuation plan.

(e) An emergency alarm system.

(f) An emergency evacuation drill at periods not exceeding 6 months.

(g) An area set aside for the heating and consumption of food.

5 All temporary facilities structures that are normally occupied by more than 100 people will be

provided with the above plus the following:

(a) A fire water system

(b) An appointed nurse

(c) Emergency lighting system

6 All temporary fire protection equipment will be manufactured, inspected, tested and

maintained in accordance with the Department of Civil Defence or internationally recognised

standards.

10.7.3 Hazardous Substances

1 The Contractor will control the use, handling, transportation and storage of hazardous

substances to reduce the associated health risks. These requirements below are the

minimum that the Contractor will meet to comply with their contractual Occupational Health

and Safety obligations.

2 Radioactive materials are hazardous substances and any use of such materials on Site will

require a method statement and job hazard analysis to be submitted to the Engineer for

approval prior to any radioactive material being delivered to the Worksite.

3 Where any spillage of liquid occurs the contractor will take action to immediately clean the

spillage and remove any contaminated materials from the Worksite.

4 To effectively control the hazards associated with the use, storage, handling and

transportation of hazardous substances the Contractor will:

(a) Maintain a register of all hazardous substances on the Worksite

(b) Obtain Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous substances

(c) Make an assessment of the health risks associated with the intended use of each

hazardous substance

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 108/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 109/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 42Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

8 Contractor shall provide Client with photocopies of passports, police clearances and any

similar personal security documentation necessary to obtain Client temporary identification

cards and passes for Contractor Personnel to enter Client STP / PTP / premises. Contractor

shall ensure that Contractor Personnel display such identification at all times when they are

on Client STP / PTP / premises.

9 The Contractor will provide a method statement and job hazard analysis for all demolition and

dismantling activities. Everyone involved in the work needs to know what measures are to be

taken to control the risks and a pre work briefing based on the method statement and job

hazard analysis will be given and recorded by the supervisor. Workers will be closely

supervised to ensure that the control measures required are put into practice. An exclusion

zone will be created around the demolition or dismantling area to prevent persons not directly

involved with the work activity around the work area gaining access. The Contractor will not

allow materials to fall into any area where people are working or passing through. Protection

screens, fences or canopies may be needed to control falling objects.

10.9 WELFARE, SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORKMEN

10.9.1 General

1 The Contractor must make arrangements for suitable welfare facilities to be present from the

start of the work. There are specific requirements for provision of welfare facilities in the

(Section 11, Part 1 Regulatory Document, 1.1.8, Appendix 1)

10.9.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) / Attire

1  All the Contractor’s personnel shall be provided with safety helmets, eye protection and foot

protection. Safety helmets, eye protection and foot protection shall be worn at all times by all

Contractor’s personnel on the Site except.

2  All the Contractor’s personnel shall be provided with gloves, hearing protection, safety

reflecting vests, dust mask and other protective clothing suitable for the nature of work they

are performing and their working environment (Shorts and sleeveless shirts are prohibited).

3  All the Contractor’s personnel shall wear high visibility clothing as the outer layer of clothing

at all times when working on a road or within a road works zone in accordance with the Qatar

Work Zone Traffic Management Guide.

4 The need for other types of PPE will be identified by the contractor as part of their job hazard

analysis or risk assessment process.

5 The Contractor will display signage detailing the requirements for mandatory PPE throughout

to Worksite. Signage shall be in a format that is easily recognisable to all persons on site

regardless of their preferred language.

10.9.3 Safety Equipment

1 Construction equipment must only be used in the manner and limitations for which it is

designed, inspected regularly with colour code sticker and Qatar license for driver / operators

must be available.

2 Adequate hard barricading, temporary bridges, temporary footpaths, lighting, warning tapeand sign posting shall be provided at all excavations.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 110/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 43Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 Adequate bracing and shoring shall be provided at all excavations. 2m spoils clearance from

the excavated pit and sloping shall be maintained (if applicable).

4 Correctly made ladders must be provided for access into excavations and onto scaffolding

and buildings. Contractor’s self -made ladders shall not be used.

5 Scaffolding shall be erected in accordance with the international recognize standard, best

practises and manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be fitted with toe boards, guardrails

(top & mid rail), proper access, fully boarded platforms, tagging system and hand railing

(refer to 10.3.10).

6 The following basic safety equipment is required for any works in confined spaces and shall

be supplied by the Contractor:

(a) gas detectors/monitors complete with carrying case, rechargeable batteries and

battery charger, calibration kit, all to the approval of the Engineer; consumable items

and sensors to be replaced in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendationsduring the course of the Contract (2 No.)

(b) full body rescue safety harness with lifelines and shackles (6 No.)

(c) lifting frame complete with fall arrest device (1 No.)

(d) constant flow escape breathing apparatus complete with storage cases (2 No.)

(e) automatic positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus complete with

storage case (1 No.)

7 The Contractor shall maintain all safety equipment in good working order with up to date

calibration and test certificates where appropriate.

8 The Contractor shall ensure that any personnel working above 2 m using fall protection

devices with valid 3rd party certificate and to provide them proper training in the selection and

use of fall protection devices.

9 The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good working order one compressed air escape

respirator set (Dräger “Saver Auto PP” or similar) in the Contractor’s site office.  

10 One oxygen resuscitation unit shall be provided in the Contractor’s site office. 

11 Truck or Trailer Mounted Attenuators (TMAs), or lorry mounted crash cushions must be used

in accordance with the Qatar Work Zone Traffic Management Guide.

10.9.4 Support Facilities for Contractors Staff and Labour

1 The Contractor shall provide, regularly clean and maintain for the duration of the Contract

potable water, washing facilities and sufficient Toilets (with steel exhaust fan) & sanitary

facilities for use by workmen in accommodation areas, at messing facilities and in areas

where work is in progress.

2 The Contractor shall provide and maintain for the duration of the Contract messing facilities

and a separate designated area for the consumption of food for his staff and labourers.

3 Cooking and dining facilities that are provided will be operated and maintained in a clean and

hygienic condition. Food preparation and storage areas will be separated from eating areas.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 111/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 44Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(a) No person with any communicable disease will be permitted to work in any kitchen or

dining room

(b) Kitchen workers who have cuts or skin conditions on their hands will not be permitted

to work in any kitchen or dining area

(c) Kitchen workers that handle or serve food will wear latex gloves, hairnets and clean

clothing.

4 When allowed for in the Project Documentation, the Contractor may provide accommodation

facilities for his staff and labourers at the Site. Such facilities shall be maintained in a proper

manner and to the satisfaction of the appropriate government departments and the Engineer.

5 The Contractor shall provide transportation between staff accommodation and areas of work

for his staff and labourers.

6 The Contractor shall provide sufficient bins for waste and scrap regularly collected,

segregated and removed from site.

7 Arrangements for the temporary storage of waste on site shall be made in clearly designated

and defined areas that have fences and signs to clearly indicate the nature of the waste

where combustible wastes are stored portable fire extinguishers will be provided.

8 Waste collection points will be provided throughout the work areas and will be clearly marked

with signage to indicate the nature of the waste that is to be collected. Waste will be

separated and collected in the following categories:

(a) Metals

(b) Oils

(c) Concrete & Stone

(d) Tyre & rubber

(e) Glass

(f) General

(g) Food

(h) Sewage

(i) Chemical

9 Where temporary facilities are created for the storage of materials and equipment such areas

shall be clearly defined and fenced. Notices will be displayed to indicate the nature of thestorage area.

(a) Any hazardous substances that are stored shall only be kept in accordance with the

supplier’s recommendations and the requirements of the Hazardous Substances

Specifications.

(b) Flammable materials and fuel oil storage areas must be separated from other

temporary structures or works under construction by a distance of 30m.

(c) Where materials are stored in stacks they will not be stacked to a height of more than

1.5 m where the materials are to be manually handled. Materials for mechanical

handling that are on pallets or contained in bins will not be stacked more that 3 units

high with the base bin or pallet being on firm level ground.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 112/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 45Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(d) Circular materials such as pipes and tubes will be stored in a manner that prevents

item from rolling. They will be placed in a container or frame, or have timber wedges of

an adequate size inserted between the materials and the ground to prevent rolling.

10 The Contractors will make arrangements to maintain an adequate working environment and

take into account the requirements of this specification to fulfil their contractual obligations

relating to Occupational Health and Safety. Adequate arrangements will be based on

internationally recognised standards.

(a) Ergonomics and proper layout of work area.

(b) Darkness or poor visibility increases the risk of persons on the Worksite slipping,

tripping or falling. It also increased the risk of operator error for plant, vehicle,

machinery and equipment operations. To reduce such risks the Contractor will provide

the following:

(i) Temporary lighting for all Worksite access areas and roads that will be used

during the hours of darkness.

(ii) Task lighting for all work activity at night or in areas with poor visibility.

(iii) Emergency lighting for pedestrian access routes in areas of poor visibility and

those used during night time working.

(iv) Ensure the absence of glare.

(v) Proper lighting in corridors.

10.9.5 Summer Working Conditions and fatigue

1 During the period from June 15th until August 31st, work under direct sun rays is prohibited

from 11:30 am to 3:00 pm unless special arrangement is taken by the Contractor to controland ease effect of the direct sun on the workers. This arrangement should be approved by

the Engineer’s Representative and should be agreed upon before implementation. 

2 High outdoor temperatures expose persons on the Worksite to the risk of dehydration. The

Contractor will provide shaded rest areas, rest periods and drinking water supplies for all

persons on the Worksite.

3 Sunlight exposes persons on the Worksite to the risk of skin disorders. Employers will

provide work wear that covers the skin for employees working in direct sunlight. Sunlight may

also cause glare for operators of mobile plant, vehicles, machinery and equipment which

increases the risk of operator errors. The Contractor will provide shaded operating positions

to reduce such risks.

4 Contractor shall develop suitable management arrangements to control working hours and/

or shift patterns in order to address and manage the risk of fatigue.

10.9.6 Additional Environmental Protection and Pollution Control

1 The Contractor shall comply with all conditions of Environmental Clearance issued for the

Contract by the Ministry of Environment (MoE), and also where relevant, the predecessor to

the MoE, the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.

2 The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations regarding environmental protection

and pollution control issued by the MoE, and also where relevant, the predecessor to the

MoE, the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 113/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 114/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 47Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

7 The Contractor shall configure buildings/units in such a way as to create a sense of place

and community.

8 The Contractor shall provide tea and coffee making facilities in kitchen and mess areas.

9 The Contractor shall provide physical barriers (e.g. fencing or landscaping) to visually screen

the camp from adjacent worksites, etc.

10 The Contractor shall provide written evidence that all local planning guidelines have been

adhered to when designing large scale, project related, labour accommodation facilities.

Local planning guidelines indicate the numbers and type of community facilities which should

be provided for a given population. Consideration shall be given at planning stage to the

availability and capacity of communal facilities and spaces in the surrounding area. Where

such facilities are not readily accessible, provision of public transport to access such facilities

shall be considered.

11 The Contractor shall be aware of any changes in law relating to the provision of temporarylabour accommodation.

10.10.3 Provision for Fire Safety

1 The Contractor shall provide for adequate fire-fighting equipment in the labour

accommodation (notwithstanding other local laws and regulations requiring same).

2 All relevant signage, notices, documentation and training relating to fire safety at labour

accommodation shall be provided in appropriate languages, based on the demographics of

the facility.

10.10.4 Provision for Health Care

1 The Contractor shall retain detailed records of all medical treatment carried out on-site.

Records shall be retained for all instances of residents being transported for off-site medical

attention. Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of the

treated party, and the nature of the complaint. These records shall be used to identify

medical trends and implement proactive treatment to reduce absenteeism.

2 The Contractor shall provide all labour accommodation residents with access to a level of

healthcare beyond basic first aid. Such facilities shall be readily accessible by residents,

staffed by professional medical staff and have appropriate provisions and equipment. The

exact specification of the facility shall be determined on a case-by-case basis, depending onthe location and population of the labour accommodation.

3 The Contractor shall provide a facility to transport those requiring medical attention from the

labour accommodation to and from appropriate off-site medical facilities, free-of-charge and

in a timely manner.

4 The Contractor shall provide medical insurance for all workers in accordance with Qatar

Labour Law.

5 The Contractor shall include a Public Health Training module as part of induction training for

all new labour accommodation residents. As a minimum, this shall address:

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 115/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 48Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

(a) Personal hygiene and the appropriate use of the sanitary facilities provided (flush

toilets, showers, hand washing, waste disposal facilities etc.).

(b) Awareness of communicable diseases (including Sexually Transmitted Diseases), their

transmission and prevention.

(c) Practical information regarding residents’ rights and means of access to on-site and

off-site medical facilities.

(d) Food safety.

(e) Littering, safe disposal of waste and related community hygiene standards.

6 The Contractor shall promote public health awareness throughout all facets of the

accommodation. This shall include:

(a) Signage in kitchens, bathrooms etc. promoting hygienic practices.

(b) Educational videos and presentations.

10.10.5 Access to Transport

1 The Contractor shall provide access to transport, free-of-charge to/from:

(a) Worksites, including backup services from worksite to labour accommodation for those

who failed to access scheduled services.

(b) Availability nearby for community facilities, shops and recreation areas during leisure

time.

(c) Religious facilities at suitable times.

(d) Off-site medical facilities, including emergency access at all times.

2 Transport services shall be scheduled in such a way as to minimise waiting times and

maximise accessibility.

3 The Contractor shall use safe modes of transport only. The practice of transporting workers

in open-back trucks is forbidden.

10.10.6 Access to Religious, Social and Domestic Facilities

1 The size and number of religious, social and domestic facilities shall be relative to and

appropriate to the population of the labour accommodation.

2 The Contractor shall facilitate access to religious facilities for those required to work on

Fridays.

3 The Contractor shall provide an on-site hall to facilitate religious practices. Alternatively,

transport may be provided to facilitate off-site worship.

4 The Contractor shall provide adequate shaded areas to facilitate social interaction. Similarly,

an appropriately sized, air-conditioned communal area(s) shall be provided (e.g. television

and games room). The size and number of these facilities shall be relative to and

appropriate to the population of the labour accommodation.

5 The Contractor shall provide preferably on-site, open spaces (for sports and recreation).Where space constraints are such that this is impossible, readily accessible off-site spaces

shall be provided.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 116/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 49Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

6 The Contractor shall provide access nearby to basic domestic amenities. These shall

include, as a minimum:

(a) Access to banking/money transfer services, including transportation to banking/money

transfer facilities.

(b) Laundry facilities.

(c) Retail outlet(s) selling, as a minimum, essential items (e.g. food items, clothing,

toiletries, phone cards, stamps etc.).

(d) Communications.

These services shall preferably be available on or within walking distance of the labour

accommodation.

10.10.7 Access to Communications

1 The Contractor shall provide a telephone, available at all times, for calling the emergency

services. This facility shall be centrally located, conspicuous and all residents shall be aware

of this facility.

2 The Contractor shall provide access nearby to the following:

(a) Retail outlet selling mobile phone credit.

(b) Postal service, both inward and outbound.

(c) Facility for residents to receive emergency messages (e.g. in case of family

emergency abroad).

10.10.8 Number, Quality and Location of Sanitation Facilities

1 The Contractor shall adhere to an appropriate standard for the provision of toilets and

showers etc. These facilities shall be maintained in good working order and shall be cleaned

regularly.

2 The Contractor shall develop and implement a Waste Management Plan for the labour

accommodation. This plan shall address the collection, segregation, storage, transport (off-

site) and disposal (recycling) of wastes.

3 The Contractor shall provide adequate sanitary means for the disposal of waste water

(including sewerage) from labour accommodation. The Contractor shall provide adequate

management of surface water runoff to prevent the accumulation of standing/stagnant water(and the associated health risks).

4 The Contractor shall provide laundry areas, separate from washrooms and food preparation

areas. Such laundry areas shall be adequately drained.

10.10.9 Food Preparation Areas

1 The Contractor shall adhere to relevant local regulations relating to food preparation facilities.

In the absence of such local regulations, an appropriate regional standard shall be applied

The Contractor shall provide adequate food preparation facilities to allow cultural sensitivities

to be respected such as separate preparation areas for meat and vegetables, and

appropriate labelling and handling of food products.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 117/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 50Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

2 Where meals are provided to residents, the food offered shall be culturally appropriate based

on the demographics of residents.

10.10.10 Pest and Vermin Control

1 The Contractor shall engage a pest control company to service the labour accommodation

site.

2 Self closing doors fitted with fine mesh shall be installed at the entrances to food premises,

washrooms, living areas and any other enclosed spaces.

10.10.11 Security at Labour Accommodation

1 The Contractor shall provide adequate security personnel, based on the size, layout and

population of labour accommodation.

2 The Contractor shall provide Protocols (Codes of Conduct) for the security personneloperating at labour accommodation. These Protocols shall clearly define the nature and

permitted magnitude of response to security incidents. They shall also set out the

circumstances under which security incidents should be handed over to Police control.

Protocols will be developed in consultation with the Engineer

3 The Contractor shall ensure that all security personnel are adequately trained in the Protocols

for security personnel.

4 The Contractor shall retain records of all security incidents arising at labour accommodation.

Such records shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of all those involved

(including security personnel), and the nature of the incident. These records shall be made

available to the Engineer.

5 The Contractor shall provide labour accommodation residents with secure facilities for the

storage of personal items and valuables.

6 The Contractor shall manage the movement of goods and personnel onto the

accommodation facility.

7 The Contractor shall maintain adequate lighting on and around the labour accommodation at

all times, therefore making it safer for residents to move around at all times.

10.10.12 Social Issues

1 Any social issues arising at labour accommodation shall be addressed at regular project

Quality, Health, Safety and Environment (QHSE) meetings.

2 The Contractor shall include an Intercultural Understanding module as part of induction

training for all new labour accommodation residents. This shall include:

(a) Basic introduction to cultural norms and practices of other accommodation residents.

(b) An explanation of native or local customs, festivals or religious rites.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 118/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 51Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 The Contractor shall enforce a ban on the sale, possession and consumption of solvents,

alcohol and inhalants, for the purposes of intoxication, on labour accommodation sites. The

Contractor shall use its best endeavours to prevent these substances from entering labour

accommodation facilities.

4 The Contractor shall provide residents with contact details for relevant bodies such as

consulates, NGOs, or other relevant organisations offering social support. A list of such local

contacts shall be provided to new employees during their induction process. An up-to-date

list of contact details for these organisations shall also be displayed in public areas such as

the canteen, recreational areas, etc.

5 Any incidents of suicide or attempted suicide shall be investigated as a social issue to try to

determine the root causes with a view to reducing the likelihood of a recurrence. This may

include the engagement of qualified medical personnel to assist in this process (such as

psychiatrists or psychologists).

10.10.13 Competence of Labour Accommodation Management

1 The Contractor shall provide Protocols (Codes of Conduct) for the labour accommodation

management personnel. These Protocols shall clearly define the nature of issues and

incidents which are considered within the remit of labour accommodation management.

They shall also include guidelines outlining appropriate parties to whom incidents should be

referred and at what stage. Protocols will be developed in consultation with the Engineer

2 The Contractor shall retain records of all issues and incidents, at labour accommodation,

which are reported to or dealt with by labour accommodation management. Such records

shall include, as a minimum, the name, age and nationality of all those involved (including

members of the accommodation management team), and the nature of the issue or incident.

These records shall be made available to the labour accommodation management company.

3 The Contractor shall ensure that no member of labour accommodation management accepts

any form of payment by way of bribery or extortion or for any reason. Similarly the Contractor

shall commit to permanently removing any member of labour accommodation management,

from the accommodation, if they are found to have accepted or demanded such payments.

In this event, the Contractor shall report any such offences to the appropriate local authorities

to determine if a criminal offence has been committed.

4 The Contractor shall maintain labour accommodation facilities to a high standard and not

allow them to fall into disrepair.

10.10.14 Environmental Conditions at Labour Accommodation

1 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant environmental permits

relating to the construction and operations of their labour accommodation facilities. The

nature of the permitting requirements will be dependent on the jurisdiction of the facility.

2 Where labour accommodation is to be sited on or close to work sites/industrial sites, the

accommodation facilities shall be located up-wind (based on prevailing wind) of the site and

the distance between the camp and air discharge points around the site shall be maximised.

Noise levels shall not exceed the requirements for night time hours  –  residential areas, as

outlined in local laws and regulations.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 119/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 52Part 10: Occupational Health and Safety

3 The accommodation area shall be separate from the work site and shall not be used for any

operation activities (e.g. storage, workshops, etc.).

4 Where on site facilities such as a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) are located on or close to

the accommodation, planning requirements in relation to buffer zones, etc. shall be respected

and integrated into site layout. Similarly, adequate buffer zones shall be included to ensure

that sleeping accommodation is not immediately adjacent to main roads.

5 Appropriate waste management, storage and disposal facilities shall be provided on site.

There shall be no burning of wastes on site. Similarly, there shall be no fires onsite.

6 Use of labour accommodation facilities shall be restricted to those normally resident in the

accommodation. Where necessary, separate facilities, e.g. toilets, etc., shall be provided for

adjacent work sites, etc.

7 Roads and parking areas shall be paved, or where this is impractical, dust suppression

techniques shall be used to keep dust levels down within labour accommodation.

8 The Contractor shall appoint/engage a team of personnel dedicated to cleaning communal

areas around the camp on a regular (daily) basis.

10.10.15 Health and Safety for Labour Accommodation Residents

1 The Contractor shall extend Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance to

cover their staff while resident in labour accommodation.

2 The Contractor shall extend the accident reporting requirements, to include accidents

occurring at off-site labour accommodation directly associated with the Project.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 120/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 121/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 122/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

(b) 1 No. swivel chair with armrests.

(c) 2 No. stacking or folding chairs.

(d) 1 No. hanging file or plan chest suitable for AO size prints.

(e) 1 No. wastepaper basket.

(f) 1 No. two drawer filing cabinet.

(g) 1 No. wall mounted pin board, 1000 x 2000 mm in size.

5 Sanitary and washing facilities shall be provided for the exclusive use of the Engineer and

shall include a WC and a wash-hand basin an adequate supply of hot and cold water shall be

provided at all times.

6 The Contractor shall insure the site offices against fire, burglary and other risks.

7 The Contractor shall keep on site at all times an adequate supply of clean, fresh, chilled

drinking water for the consumption of the Engineer.

8 The Contractor shall maintain the offices in a clean and sanitary condition.

11.2.3 Type 2 Offices

1 The Engineer’s site offices described in this Clause shall be provided in lieu of Type 1 Offices

only where it is a stated requirement of the Project Documentation.

2 The offices shall be portable units, mounted on skids or similar and where directed in the

Project Documentation shall become the property of the Government on completion of the

Contract. On completion of the Contract, the offices which are to become the property of the

Government shall be repaired and redecorated to the satisfaction of the Engineer; they shall

then delivered to a location designated by the Engineer within 50 km of the Site.

3 The buildings shall conform to the general configuration shown below. The number of each

type of unit shall be as stated in the Project Documentation.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 123/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

4 The Contractor shall proceed with the provision of the portable offices, which shall be for the

exclusive use of the Engineer immediately following the award of the Contract and shall

provide temporary alternative accommodation to the Engineer’s approval until such time asthe offices are made available.

5 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a comprehensive specification and

drawings showing the accommodation proposed complete with furnishings, equipment and

fittings before placing any orders.

6 The units shall be mounted on adequate concrete foundations and shall be provided with

concrete access steps where necessary.

7 The units may be constructed of composite timber framed panels with wood or metal

cladding, any combination of these, or alternative forms or construction which comply with

the following levels of performance:

Walls Thermal conductance - 0.60 w/m2 ºC

Fire resistance - ½ hour

Roof Thermal conductance - 0.60 m2 ºC

Roof resistance - ½ hour

8 Roof coverings shall be selected for durability, freedom from excessive maintenance, and the

ability to withstand extreme exposure to sun, heat and humidity.

9 The units shall be finished internally and externally with low maintenance materials.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 124/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

10 The offices shall be air-conditioned with wall mounted units to maintain each room at a

maximum steady dry bulb temperature of 25ºC at a relative humidity of 50% under the

expected climatic conditions expected at the Site. Extract fans capable of 10 air changes per

hour shall be provided in the kitchen and toilets.

11 The installation and testing of wiring and electrical equipment in the units shall be in

accordance with the latest requirements of the Qatar General Electricity & Water

Corporation.

12 Each office shall be provided with the following furniture to the approval of the Engineer:

(a) 1 No. kneehole pattern desk with a total of six lockable drawers and

approximately 1500 x 800 x 760 mm in size.

(b) 1 No. swivel chair with armrests.

(c) No. stacking or folding chairs.

(d) 1 No. hanging file or plan chest suitable for AO size prints.

(e) 1 No. wastepaper basket.

(f) 1 No. two drawer filing cabinet.

(g) 1 No. wall mounted pin board, 1000 x 2000 mm in size.

13 Each toilet shall be provided with the following sanitary fittings to the approval of the Engineer

and an adequate supply of hot and cold water at all times:

(a) 1 No. low level WC suite.

(b) 1 No. Wash-hand basin.

(c) 1 No. shower tray, mixer fittings, rose and shower curtain.

(d) 1 No. toilet roll holder, towel rail, soap dish and mirror.

(e) a suitable number of cups, saucers and drinking glasses.

14 The samples and meeting room shall be provided with the following furniture to the approval

of the Engineer:

(a) 2 No. tables, each approximately 1200 x 2000 mm in size.

(b) No. folding or stacking chairs.

(c) 1 No. wall mounted blackboard, 1000 x 2000 mm in size.

(d) 1 No. wall mounted pin board, 1000 x 3000 mm in size.

(e) 1 No. shelf unit for approved samples with 5 tiers of shelves 400 mm wide x 2400 mm

long overall.

15 All furniture and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed

following completion of the Works unless otherwise noted in the Project Documentation.

16 The Kitchen shall be provided with the following equipment to the approval of the Engineer

(a) 1 No. stainless steel single bowl single drainer sink with hot and cold water and

cupboards underneath

(b) 1 No. floor mounted two door cupboards to match sink.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 125/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

(c) Cabinets and shelves to match sink, as required.

(d) 2 ring cooker and microwave.

(e) 1 No. Refrigerator/Freezer with a capacity no less than 500 litres.

(f) 1 No. three pint kettle and sufficient crockery and cutlery.

(g) A suitable number of mugs, cups, saucers and drinking glasses.

(h) Table coasters for use on desk tops.

(i) Hand towels and drying up cloths, laundered regularly.

(j) Dishwashing facilities, clothes, sponges and washing up liquid, all replaceable.

(k) Cleaning brushes, mop, bucket and floor clothes.

17 The Contractor shall insure the site offices against fire, burglary and other risks.

18 The Contractor shall keep on site at all times an adequate supply of clean, fresh, chilled

drinking water for the consumption of the Engineer.

19 The Contractor shall maintain the Offices in a clean and sanitary condition.

20 Each type of unit shall be provided with fire extinguishers and water cooler.

11.2.4 Car Parking Facilities

1 Parking areas shall be paved or have a finished surface as approved by the Engineer and

shall be covered with a suitable canopy to provide shading.

2 The number of shaded car parking spaces required shall be 2 No. for Type 1 Offices and 6No. for Type 2 Offices unless otherwise stated in the Project Documentation.

11.3 UTILITY CONNECTIONS

11.3.1 General

1 The Contractor shall make all arrangements and pay all charges in connection with the

installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the service utilities described in this

Clause.

11.3.2 Electricity

1 The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of an uninterrupted electrical power supply to

the Engineer’s offices during all working hours and any at other time as requested by the

Engineer for the duration of the Contract.

11.3.3 Water

1 The Contractor shall arranged for the provision of an uninterrupted water supply to the

Engineer’s offices during all working hours and at any other time as requested by the

Engineer for the duration of the Contract.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 126/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

2 The Contractor shall provide inline filters on all water supplies into Employer and Engineer’s

site Facilities. The Contractor shall maintain these at regular intervals as per manufacturer

instruction throughout the duration of the Work order.

11.3.4 Telephone

1 The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of two (2) land lines for the sole use of the

Engineer for Type 1 Offices and three (3) land lines for the sole use of the Engineer for Type

2 Offices.

2 The Contractor may recover the net cost of international calls made by the Engineer.

11.3.5 Internet

1 .The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a dedicated and uninterrupted internet

access to the Engineer’s offices during all working hours and at any other time as requested

by the Engineer for the duration of the Contract. The internet connection should be providedwith a bandwidth running at a minimum of 1 mbps upload capacity.

11.4 PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES

11.4.1 General

1 The following items of equipment, supplies and associated level of service shall all be

provided unless detailed elsewhere in the Contract Documentation.

11.4.2 Computers and Scanners/Printers

1 The Contractor shall provide new network/internet capable computers and scanners/printers

for the sole use of the Engineer. The number of computers and scanners/printers required

and their performance specification shall be as detailed in the Project Documentation. The

Contractor shall also supply and install any computer software as detailed in the Project

Documentation.

2 The Contractor shall maintain the computers and scanners/printer for the duration of the

Contract and provide all consumables necessary for its operation.

3 The Contractor shall be responsible for installing legal copies of operating system and

software, trouble shooting, supplying of required consumables and maintenance of the

system.

4 Operating system and software requirements shall be as specified by the Engineer, with the

following as a minimum:

(a) Latest version of Microsoft Windows Operating System

(b) Latest version of Microsoft Office

5 All software must be of latest version and Arabic enabled, to the approval of the Engineer.

6 The Contractor shall ensure that all computers and scanners/printers provided for the

Engineers use are networked within the Engineers facilities to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 127/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 128/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: GeneralPart 11: Engineer’s Site Facilities 

7 The photocopier shall have an A4 size rotating paper cassette and automatic paper

size/zoom ratio selection.

8 Throughput shall be not lesson than 40 A4 copies per minute.

9 The photocopier shall be able to scan and email documents.

10 The photocopier shall be returned to the contractor at the end of period of Maintenance. The

contractor shall be responsible for supplying the necessary paper and maintenance of the

equipment by the manufacture’s agent throughout the work order. 

11.4.4 Measuring and Recording Equipment

1 The Contractor shall provide measuring and recording equipment for the sole use of the

Engineer. The following items, which shall be to the approval of the Engineer, shall be

provided for the duration of the Contract:

(a) 1 No. Electronic Distance Measurement (EDM) station.

(b) 1 No. 1” Total Station theodolite (or equivalent) including all necessary tripods, prisms

etc.

(c) 1 No. Automatic engineer’s level including tripod.

(d) 1 No. Metric levelling staff.

(e) 1 No. Calibrated steel survey band 50m long.

(f) 2 No. 30m nylon tapes.

(g) 2 No. 25 m metal tapes.

(h) 4 No. 5m pocket tapes.

(i) 6 No. Ranging rods.

(j) 1 No. Mason’s Spirit level.

(k) 1 No. Bitmac thermometer.

(l) 1 No. digital camera.

(m) Level and field books as required.

2 Other equipment such as pegs, tools, etc, which are necessary for the checking of the Works

shall be provided as requested by the Engineer.

3 The Contractor shall maintain and replace as necessary the equipment for the duration of the

Contract. Surveying instruments shall be new or in as good as new condition, of an approved

make with a current certificate of adjustment.

11.4.5 Stationary Supplies

1 The Contractor shall supply stationary for the Engineer for the duration of the Contract.

Stationary items shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

(a) Files and file dividers (A4 and A3 size).

(b) Paper (A4 and A3 size).(c) Writing pens, marker pens, highlighter pens (various colours).

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 129/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 130/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 131/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 12: Contractor’s Site Facilities 

12  CONTRACTOR’S SITE FACILITIES GENERAL ........................................... 2 

12.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

12.1.1 

Scope 2 

12.1.2  References 2 

12.2  CONTRACTOR’S SITE FACILITIES ............................................................. 2 

12.2.1  Buildings 2 

12.2.2  Site Fabrication Areas 2 

12.2.3  Materials Storage Area 2 

12.2.4  Power, Water, Lighting and Heating 3 

12.2.5  Miscellaneous 3 

12.3  PROJECT SIGN BOARD ............................................................................... 3 

12.3.1 

Project Sign Board 3 

12.4   ADVERTISING .............................................................................................. 4 

12.4.1  Photographs 4 

12.4.2  Name Boards and Other Advertising 4 

12.5  PROVISION OF HAMAD MEDICAL CORPORATION AMBULANCE SPOKESTATION ....................................................................................................... 4 

12.5.1  General 4 

12.5.2  Requirements 4 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 132/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 12: Contractor’s Site Facilities 

12 CONTRACTOR’S SITE FACILITIES GENERAL

12.1 GENERAL

12.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for the Contractor’s temporary site facilities. 

12.1.2 References

1 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 9 Materials.

12.2 CONTRACTOR’S SITE FACILITIES

12.2.1 Buildings

1 The Contractor shall provide all offices, sheds, stores and other buildings necessary for him

to undertake all duties, obligations and activities associated with the construction of the

Works.

2 All buildings shall be supplied and maintained in good condition and shall be of neat

appearance.

3 The position of all the Contractor’s temporary site buildings shall be to the approval of the

Engineer.

4 The Contractor shall maintain an office at the Site for the duration of the Contract. This office

shall be open at all times during Site working hours.

5 Upon completion of the Contract, all temporary site buildings shall be removed and the area

occupied or otherwise affected by them reinstated to its original condition.

6 The Government of Qatar will grant a right of access only within the road reservation. Should

the Contractor need to use adjacent areas of land for camps, plant site etc, he shall arrange

for the right to use the said land himself.

7 This clause in no way invalidates the obligations of the General Conditions of Contract.

12.2.2 Site Fabrication Areas

1 The Contractor shall provide an area suitable for assembly and fabrication purposes.

2 Fabrication areas shall simulate factory conditions if required in the Project Documentation.

12.2.3 Materials Storage Area

1 The Contractor shall provide sufficient and appropriate materials storage areas. The storage

areas shall be suitable for the materials to be stored in them and shall offer necessary

protection where required.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 133/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 134/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 135/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 12: Contractor’s Site Facilities 

7 Ambulance vehicle access is required to at least one long side.

8 Access for maintenance (water resupply, cleaning, removal of waste etc.) is required to one

short side.

9 The allocated area shall be approved in writing by the Engineer after consultation with

Hamad Medical Corporation.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 136/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 13: Setting Out of the Works

13  SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS .................................................................. 2 

13.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

13.1.1  Scope 2 

13.2 

SITE INFORMATION AND INSPECTION ..................................................... 2 

13.2.1  Site Information 2 

13.2.2  Site Inspection 2 

13.3  LEVELS AND REFERENCE GRID ................................................................ 2 

13.3.1  Temporary Bench Marks 2 

13.3.2  Site Grid 3 

13.4  SURVEYING .................................................................................................. 3 

13.4.1  Site Survey 3 

13.5  SETTING OUT ............................................................................................... 3 

13.5.1 

Setting Out of the Works 3 

13.5.2  Setting Out of Works Sited on Private Land 4 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 137/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 13: Setting Out of the Works

13 SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS

13.1 GENERAL

13.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for setting out of the Works and includes locating

existing services, surveying the Site and establishment of temporary bench marks.

2 The Engineer reserves the right to order levels to be taken at any time considered necessary

for the full and proper supervision and measurement of the Works.

3 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 11 Engineer’s Site facilities. 

13.2 SITE INFORMATION AND INSPECTION

13.2.1 Site Information

1 Before commencing the setting out of the Works the Contractor shall ascertain the location of

all existing underground services within the Site boundary. The Contractor shall prepare a

plan detailing the location of the services.

2 Any conflict between existing services and any part of the proposed Works shall be brought

to the attention to the Engineer without delay.

3 Any re-work resulting from the Contractor’s failure to locate and identify services shall be

undertaken at the Contractor’s cost. 

13.2.2 Site Inspection

1 Before commencing the setting out of the Works, the Contractor and the Engineer shall

make an inspection of the Site.

2 Where appropriate, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to arrange for surveys to be

undertaken, in conjunction with the owners or occupiers, of the condition of roads, properties,

lands and crops which may be affected by the Works. Before any work affecting such roads,

properties, lands or crops is commenced, the Contractor shall confirm in writing to theEngineer that the relevant survey is a true and accurate record of their condition.

13.3 LEVELS AND REFERENCE GRID

13.3.1 Temporary Bench Marks

1 . The Contractor shall establish accurate temporary bench marks on permanent blocks from

which the levels to which the Works are to be constructed may be transferred. The location

of temporary bench marks shall be agreed with the Engineer. The level of temporary bench

marks shall be related to the Qatar National Height Datum.

2 The Contractor shall prepare a plan detailing the location of the bench marks and temporary

bench marks and keep it up to date for the duration of the Contract.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 138/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 13: Setting Out of the Works

3 The Contractor shall protect and maintain the temporary bench marks until the Works are

complete. Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away the temporary

bench marks to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

4 The Contractor is responsible for checking the accuracy of temporary bench mark. Any re-

work resulting from incorrect or inaccurate temporary bench marks shall be undertaken at the

Contractor’s cost.

13.3.2 Site Grid

1 When it is a requirement of the Project Documentation, or unless otherwise notified by the

Engineer, the Contractor shall establish a Site Grid. The orientation of the Site Grid shall be

determined by the layout of the proposed works and as agreed with by the Engineer. Grid

spacing shall be 20m in each direction unless otherwise notified by the Engineer. Grid

notation shall be numerical in one direction (y-axis) and alphabetic in the other (x-axis).

2 The grid shall be tied to the Qatar National Grid. An existing control station related to theQatar National grid will be indicated by the Engineer for this purpose.

13.4 SURVEYING

13.4.1 Site Survey

1 The Contractor shall provide the Site survey and the correctness of that survey shall be

entirely the Contractor’s responsibility.

2 The Site survey shall comply with the requirements of the Qatar Survey Manual as a

minimum.

3 The Contractor shall, within 3 weeks of the date of commencement of the Works, carry out a

check of the co-ordinates and levels of all permanent monuments, bench marks and survey

markers used in the determination of the site survey model and proposed to be used for the

setting out of the Works.

13.5 SETTING OUT

13.5.1 Setting Out of the Works

1 The Contractor shall carry out at his own cost the setting out of the Works.

2 The Contractor shall be responsible for:

(a) True and proper settings out of the Works in relation to reference data given

in the Project Documentation.

(b) Accurately setting out the positions, levels and dimensions of all parts of the Works.

3 Any delay or loss resulting from errors in the setting out of the Works shall be the

responsibility of the Contractor. Setting out shall be reviewed by the Engineer before

commencing the Works, but such approval shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his

responsibility for the correct execution of the Work.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 139/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 13: Setting Out of the Works

4 The Contractor shall provide measuring and recording equipment for the Engineer in

accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 11 of this Section, Engineer’s Site Facilities.

The Contractor shall maintain all measuring and recording equipment in good working order

at all times.

5 The Contractor shall provide all assistance which the Engineer may require for checking the

setting out and taking measurements of the Works, including labour, equipment and

transportation.

13.5.2 Setting Out of Works Sited on Private Land

1 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing fourteen (14) days in advance of his

intention to set out any of part of the Works that lies in private land.

2 The Contractor shall ensure that all requirements and instructions of private land owners are

strictly adhered to.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 140/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 14: Temporary Works and Equipment

14  TEMPORARY WORKS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................. 2 

14.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

14.1.1  Scope 2 

14.2 

TEMPORARY WORKS ........................................................................................... 2 

14.2.1  General 2 

14.3  TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT .................................................................................... 2 

14.3.1  General 2 

14.4  TEST CERTIFICATES FOR CRANES AND LIFTING TACKLE ............................... 3 

14.4.1  General 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 141/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 14: Temporary Works and Equipment

14 TEMPORARY WORKS AND EQUIPMENT

14.1 GENERAL

14.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for Temporary Works required in connection with

construction of the Works and temporary plant and equipment required in connection with

aiding the construction of the Works. It does not include overpumping activities in respect of

sewers and drains.

2 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

Section 2 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

Section 11 Health and Safety

3 Occupational Health and Safety concerning temporary works and equipment is covered in

Section 11 Health and Safety

4 Quality Controlling temporary works and equipment’s  is covered in Section 2 Quality

 Assurance and Quality Control

14.2 TEMPORARY WORKS

14.2.1 General

1 Everything used for and in connection with the Temporary Works shall be fit for the purpose,in serviceable condition and in compliance with any relevant standard.

2 The Contractor shall design his Temporary Works to be of adequate strength, stability and

suitability.

3 The Contractor shall submit details of any Temporary Works proposed to the Engineer for

review before commencing the work. Such details shall include, but not be limited to design

calculations and drawings. The submission to the Engineer of any such details shall not

relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for sufficiency of the Temporary Works or of his

other duties and responsibilities under the Contract.

4 The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that Temporary Works are not in any waydetrimental to existing structures in any way. Particular care shall be taken with scaffolding to

avoid staining or mechanical damage to finishing.

5 The Contractor shall make safe and reinstate all areas affected by Temporary Works.

14.3 TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT

14.3.1 General

1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good condition on the Site all plant, tools and

vehicles necessary for the proper and safe execution of the Works.

2 Temporary equipment shall be fit for the purpose for which it is to be used.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 142/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 14: Temporary Works and Equipment

3 Temporary equipment shall only be operated by personnel who are trained and qualified.

14.4 TEST CERTIFICATES FOR CRANES AND LIFTING TACKLE

14.4.1 General

1 Cranes, whether used to construct the Works or provided as part of the permanent Works,

must have a current test certificate.

2 Each sling, shackle or other item of loose lifting tackle, whether used to construct the Works

or provided as part of the permanent Works, must have either a current test certificate.

3 Test certificates must be issued by a competent testing authority approved by the Engineer.

4 The Contractor must have a copy of each test certificate on site available for inspection by

the Engineer.

5 The following Standards and Code of Practice shall be complied with and where such

documents are replaced or superseded the Contractor shall comply with the latest version:

(a) Mobile and Tower Cranes: BS 1757, BS 2799 and CP 3010.

(b) Overhead Cranes: BS 466 and BS 5744.

(c) Slings: BS 1290, BS EN 1492, ISO 4309 / 3481 Pt 2, ASME B30.9.

(d) Chain Blocks: BS 3243.

(e) Shackles: Alloy: BS 3551/ BS 6994.

(f) Chain: BS 4942 part 1 & 6.

(g) Hooks: BS 2903, ASME B30.10.

(h) Ring and link: BS 2902.

6 A monthly inspection of lifting appliances shall be carried out by a competent person

employed by the Contractor. Full records of all such inspections and tests shall be kept by the

Contractor in an approved form and shall be made available to the Engineer immediately

upon demand. Copies of monthly inspection reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 143/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 15: Temporary Controls

15  TEMPORARY CONTROLS ..................................................................................... 2 

15.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

15.1.1  Scope 2 

15.2 

TEMPORARY CONTROLS ..................................................................................... 2 

15.2.1 

Construction Cleaning 2 

15.2.2  Dust Control 2 

15.2.3  Noise 2 

15.2.4  Nuisance and Trespass 2 

15.2.5  Pollution Control 3 

15.2.6  Surface Water and Groundwater Control 3 

15.2.7  Environmental protection 4 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 144/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 15: Temporary Controls

15 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

15.1 GENERAL

15.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the Contractor’s responsibilities with respect to temporary controls needed

to protect the Works and the environment.

2 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 5 Interference

15.2 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

15.2.1 Construction Cleaning

1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper upkeep and maintenance of the Site and

Works and shall remove from the Site all rubbish and other waste as it accumulates.

Materials and equipment shall be positioned, stored and stacked in an orderly manner.

2 Properly constructed rubbish chutes shall be used for clearing the debris from upper floors.

Debris shall be accumulated in suitable pre-determined areas and removed from the Site as

often as is practical.

3 On completion of the Works, any protective tape and other temporary coverings shall be

removed and the internal and external surface of the structure shall be thoroughly cleaned tocompletely remove all dust, dirt, stains, handmarks, paint spots, plaster, mortar droppings

and other blemishes.

15.2.2 Dust Control

1 The Contractor shall conduct his operations and activities in such a manner that no operation

shall be included which will emit into the atmosphere any flying dust or dirt which might

constitute a nuisance.

15.2.3 Noise

1 The Contractor shall restrict the use of plant, machinery, equipment and work practises likelyto produce unacceptable noise levels to normal working hours.

15.2.4 Nuisance and Trespass

1 All reasonable means shall be used to avoid inconveniencing owners and occupiers of

adjacent properties. All plant, machinery or equipment shall be placed and used on the Site

so as to avoid any nuisance or trespass on adjoining property.

2 Should it be necessary for any plant, machinery or equipment to project or operate over

adjoining property, the Contractor shall obtain the permission of the adjoining owner or

occupier. Details of approvals shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing.

3 No workmen employed on the Works shall be allowed to trespass upon adjoining properties.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 145/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 15: Temporary Controls

4 If in the execution of the Works it is necessary for the Contractor to enter adjacent properties,

he shall firstly obtain the permission of the owners of the property. The Contractor shall

ensure that any instructions made by the owners of the properties are strictly adhered to.

5 The Contractor shall be held responsible for and shall indemnify the Employer against all

claims, which may arise out of his failure to comply with provisions of items 1. 2. 3 and 4 of

Clause 1.15.2.4

15.2.5 Pollution Control

1 The Contractor shall ensure that none of his operations or work practises result in the

polluting of the air, underground strata or any existing watercourse, canal, lake, reservoir

borehole and aquifer.

2 The Contractor shall rectify any problem resulting from pollution caused by the Contractor to

the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3 The Contractor will be held responsible for and shall indemnify owner against all claims in

connection with noise, vibration, dust, smoke, diesel spillage and any other nuisance arising

from the execution of the Works.

15.2.6 Surface Water and Groundwater Control

1 The Contractor shall keep the Work well drained until the Engineer certifies that the whole of

the Works is substantially complete and shall ensure that so far as is practicable all work is

carried out in the dry. Excavated areas shall be kept well drained and free from standing

water.

2 The Contractor shall construct, operate and maintain all temporary dams, water courses and

other works of all kinds including pumping and well-point dewatering that may be necessary

to exclude water from the Works while construction is in progress. Such temporary works

shall not be removed without the approval of the Engineer.

3 Notwithstanding any approval by the Engineer of the Contractor’s arrangements for the

exclusion of water, the Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency thereof and for

keeping the Works safe at all times, particularly during periods of rainfall that may result in

flooding. Any damage to the Works arising through the Contractor’s failure to provide

sufficient protection against water, including flooding, shall be made good at his own

expense.

4 It is the Contractor’s responsibility to dispose of all extracted groundwater and collected

surface water. The Contractor shall submit details of his proposed disposal methods to the

Engineer for approval. Discharge of groundwater and/or surface water to existing drainage

facilities shall only be permitted if written approval is given by Public Works Authority and/or

concerned other authorities; copies of such approvals shall be submitted to the Engineer.

5 The Contractor is to take all necessary precautions to avoid floatation of any structure.

6 The Contractor shall ensure that his groundwater control activities do not adversely affect any

existing structure or service.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 146/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 15: Temporary Controls

15.2.7 Environmental protection

1 The Contractor shall comply with all conditions of the environmental clearance issued for the

project by the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural Reserves.

2 The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations regarding environmental protection

and pollution control issued by the Supreme Council for the Environment and Natural

Reserves.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 147/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 16: Traffic Diversions

16  TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS ................................................................................. 2 

16.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

16.1.1 

Scope 2 

16.1.2  Conformance 2 

16.1.3  Safety 2 

16.1.4  System Description 2 

16.1.5  Traffic Police Requirements 2 

16.2  TEMPORARY TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS ......................................................... 3 

16.2.1  General Requirements 3 

16.2.2  Maintenance of Traffic flow 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 148/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 16: Traffic Diversions

16 TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS

16.1 GENERAL

16.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies requirements associated with traffic diversions. Traffic diversions include

for work in, or affecting the use of, roads, footpaths and right of ways and may comprise the

construction and maintenance of paved and unpaved detour carriageways including all

earthworks and the provision of adequate drainage, lighting, sign posting, street furniture and

traffic control devices.

2 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section Part 4 Protection

16.1.2 Conformance

1 Signs, control and control devices associated with traffic diversions shall conform to the

relevant provisions of “Traffic Control at Roadworks” produced by the Ministry of Public

Works (latest edition/version) and shall be to the approval of the Traffic Police and the Public

Works Authority.

16.1.3 Safety

1 The Contractor is responsible for all safety issues associated with the installation, operation,

maintenance and removal of traffic diversions.

2 The Contractor shall provide lighting in accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 4 of

this Section, Protection.

16.1.4 System Description

1 Where the diversion of any existing road, footpath or public right or way is temporarily

necessitated by the Works, the Contractor shall provide and maintain an alternative which

shall be operational before interference with the existing facility.

2 Temporary traffic control devices as well as any other traffic management requirement shall

be erected and maintained by the Contractor for the duration of any activity in, or affecting the

use of, roads, footpaths and right of ways.

16.1.5 Traffic Police Requirements

1 Before any work in, or affecting the use of, any road, footpath, and right of way is

commenced, the Contractor’s proposed method of working shall be agreed with, and

confirmed in writing to, the Engineer and the Traffic Police.

2 Throughout the execution of the Works and the maintenance period, the Contractor shall co-

operate with the Traffic Police concerning works in, or access to, roads, footpaths and right of

ways. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any requirements of, or arrangements

made with, the Traffic Police.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 149/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 16: Traffic Diversions

16.2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS

16.2.1 General Requirements

1 The Contractor shall prepare detailed plans showing any proposed traffic diversions. Theplans shall fully detail the diversion in all respects and shall include construction details if

necessary. The plans shall show the position of ramps, traffic signs, cones, barriers,

demarcation posts and tape, flashing lights and any other traffic control devices. The plans

shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and shall be approved by the Traffic Police.

Traffic diversion apparatus shall not be erected until the Traffic Police have reviewed and

approved the traffic diversion plans.

2 Persons acting as flagmen shall be physically and mentally qualified, trained in their duties

and courteous. Each flagman on duty shall be identified with appropriate and distinctive

apparel approved by the Engineer and equipped with bilingual STOP/GO signs. Reflective

apparel is required for flagging duties during darkness.

3 Where paved carriageways, unpaved carriageways or ramps are required, they shall be

provided and maintained to a standard suitable in all respects for the class or classes of

traffic or pedestrians requiring the use of them.

4 On completion, all traffic diversion works and apparatus shall be removed and land affected

by them reinstated to its original condition.

16.2.2 Maintenance of Traffic flow

1 The Contractor shall allow for the construction of temporary diversions to permit all existing

traffic movements for the duration of the Contract period.

2 All diversions shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition/version of QatarTraffic Manual “Traffic Control at Roadworks” booklet and the Qatar Highway Design Manual,and shall be approved prior to the implementation by both the Engineer and Traffic Police. Itis the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that any traffic diversion required is properlysigned, demarcated, illuminated, controlled and maintained at all times.

3 Upon the Engineer’s request, the Contractor shall install and commission temporary traffic

signals capable of handling the diverted traffic.

4 Sequential arrow boards operating on a 24-hour basis (engine or solar powered) must be

used at all diversion points.

5 Within the limits of the project where pedestrian traffic is present, all excavated areas,

regardless of depth, must be cordoned off by means of wired mesh panels of height no less

than 1.8m connected together to form a continuous barrier wall.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 150/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 17: Project Co-ordination

17  PROJECT CO-ORDINATION ........................................................................ 2 

17.1  GENERAL ...................................................................................................... 2 

17.1.1  Scope 2 

17.1.2 

Responsibility 2 

17.2  CO-ORDINATION .......................................................................................... 2 

17.2.1  Contractor’s Activities  2 

17.2.2  Sub-Contractors 3 

17.2.3  Other Contractors 3 

17.2.4  Other Ministries 3 

17.2.5  Liaison with the Public Utility Authorities and other Contractors 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 151/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 17: Project Co-ordination

17 PROJECT CO-ORDINATION

17.1 GENERAL

17.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the co-ordination activities for which the Contractor is responsible.

2 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

This Section Part 18 Other Contractors

Part 19 Regulatory Requirements

17.1.2 Responsibility

1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper co-ordination of all his activities associated

with the construction of the Works including that required between the Engineer, utility

owners, government departments, sub-contractors and other contractors.

2 No major operations shall be commenced or work outside the usual working hours be carried

out without the consent in writing of the Engineer or without full and complete notice also in

writing being given to him sufficiently in advance of the time of operation so as to enable him

to make such arrangements as he may deem necessary for its inspection.

17.2 CO-ORDINATION

17.2.1 Contractor’s Activities 

1 The Contractor shall undertake the following co-ordination activities:

(a) Co-ordinate construction activities under the various Sections of these Specifications

to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Works.

(b) Co-ordinate construction operations included under the various Sections of this

Specification that is dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and

operation.

(c) Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other

components, either before or after its own installation, the Contractor shall prepare

schedules and construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best

results.

(d) Where availability of space is limited, co-ordinate installation of different components

to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair.

(e) Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

(f) Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution of each party involved outlining

special procedures required for co-ordination; include such items as required notices,

reports and attendance at meetings.

(g) Prepare similar memoranda for the Engineer, separate contractors and sub-

contractors where co-ordination of their work is required.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 152/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 153/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 154/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 155/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 156/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

19 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

19.1 GENERAL

19.1.1 Scope

1 This part specifies the requirements for co-ordination, co-operation and liaison with the

following utility and infrastructure owners:

 ASHGHAL- Infrastructure Affairs

 ASHGHAL- Building Affairs

 ASHGHAL- Assets Affairs

Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation- KAHRAMAA

Qatar Telecom - Provider

Qatar Petroleum, QP

Q Rail

2 This part also specifies the requirements for co-ordination, co-operation and liaison with the

following authorities and departments:

 Authorities having Municipal jurisdiction (Ministry of Energy & Industry, New Industrial area,

RLIC, MIC etc.)

Civil Aviation Authority

Ministry of Awqaf and Islamic Affairs

Ministry of Environment

Ministry of Interior (Civil Defense Department, Traffic Police, Department of Immigration,

Security Systems Department, etc)

Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Urban Planning (MMUP)

Private Engineering Office

3 The above shall collectively be known as “Department” in this Part.  

4 Related Sections and Parts are as follows:

This Section

Part 16 Traffic Diversions

Part 17 Project Co-ordination

Section 7 Green ConstructionSection 11 Health and Safety

Section 15 Insulation of Buildings

Section 25 Glass and Glazing

5 Where any requirement(s) conflict with any other requirement(s) of Authorities or

Departments in the State of Qatar, the most stringent requirement(s) shall prevail.

19.1.2 References

 Al Wakra City Zoning Plan and Regulations Report, 2008, Ministry of Municipality & Urban

Planning, State of Qatar

Civil Defense Regulations, Fire Prevention Department, General Administration of Civil

Defense, Ministry of Interior, State of Qatar

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 157/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

Code on Barrier-Free Accessibility in Buildings, 2002 (ver 1.0), Building and Construction

 Authority, Singapore

Conditions and Descriptions of the Expedient Workers Residences, Resolution of the

Minister of Civil Service and Housing Affairs No. (17) of 2005, State of Qatar

NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2012 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, U.S.A.

Planning and Building Regulations for Flats & Flat Complexes, 1994, Planning Department,

Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar

Planning and Building Regulations for Villas & Villa Complexes, 1995, Planning Department,

Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar

Qatar Highway Design Manual, 1997 (Rev 0), Civil Engineering Department, Ministry of

Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, State of Qatar

Qatar Survey Manual, UPDA, The Centre for GIS – State of Qatar.

Qatar Traffic Manual – Vol. 1

Qatar Traffic Manual – Vol. 2

Universal Design Guidelines, 2006, Building and Construction Authority, Singapore

19.2 NOTICES

19.2.1 General

1 All notices required to be given by the Contractor to the Department shall be in writing and

delivered by hand. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of all notices

issued by the Contractor.

19.2.2 Notice of Intent

1 The Contractor shall give at least seven days notice to the Department of the date upon

which it is intended to operate plant or equipment or carry out any work for which permission

has been given in writing by the Department: such operations or work shall only be carried

out in the presence a representative of the Department unless written confirmation shall

have been obtained that this unnecessary.

19.3 MISCELLANEOUS

19.3.1 Work required to be carried out by the Department

1 If the Department requires work to be carried out on its installations during the execution ofthe Works, the Contractor shall provide all facilities to the Department’s contractor or

workmen. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the work of the Department and his own

activities, and when necessary shall amend his programme to suit the requirements of the

Department and shall keep the Engineer informed of all arrangements made.

19.3.2 Regulations of Road Openings

1 For Works including road openings, the Contractor shall comply with all relevant provisions

of the following Parts of this Section or direction of the Engineer.

Part 16 Traffic Diversions.

Part 21 Final Inspection and Handover

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 158/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

19.4 PROVISION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES

19.4.1 Scope

1 The aim of this provision is to set out the fundamental design and construction requirementsand guidelines for making those buildings specified in Table 1 accessible to persons with

disabilities.

Table 1: Accessibility for Persons with Disabilities

No Types of buildings Accessible areas

1 Residential buildings:

(a) 3-storeys and below All communal areas and facilities at ground floor.

(b) 4-storeys and above All communal areas and facilities.

2 Office buildings All areas intended for access by employees or

public.3 Shophouses The ground floor for non-residential use shall be

accessible to employees or public.

4 Shopping complexes and multipurposecomplexes

 All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

5 Hotels and boarding houses All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

6 Religious buildings and Mosques All areas intended for access by worshippers orpublic.

7 Places of public resort All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

8 Cinemas, theatres, concert halls, stadiaor other places of public resort wherepermanent seating arrangement isprovided

 All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

9 Schools, colleges, universities orinstitutions of learning

 All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

10 Hostels, halls of residence or dormitories All areas intended for access by staff, students orpublic.

11 Sports complexes and public swimmingpools

 All areas intended for public access.

12 Restaurants and eating establishments All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

13 Markets and hawker or food centres All areas intended for public access.

14 Hospitals, clinics, dispensaries, nursinghomes, homes for the aged and welfarehomes

 All areas intended for access by staff, patients,inmates or public.

15 Factories, workshops and industrialbuildings 4-storeys and above

 All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

16 Transport stations, interchanges,passenger terminals and administrationbuildings in depots

 All areas intended for access by employees orpublic.

17 Vehicle parks (surface parking or vehicleparking buildings)

Prescribed areas.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 159/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 160/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 161/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

(b) Recycled waste facility separated from the general waste collection:

The recycled waste facility must be sized as a percentage from the total Built Up Area

(BUA) of the building in accordance with Table 2.

Where the Total Built Up Area (BUA) of the building falls between the figures outlined in theTable, linear interpolation must be used to determine an appropriate percentage area for the

recyclable storage space.

Table 2: Sizing Requirements for Storage of Recyclables

Built Up Area (BUA) Minimum Space for Storage of Recyclables

Less than 500 m2 7.5m2 

500 m2  1.5% of BUA

1,000 m2  0.8% of BUA

5,000 m2  0.35% of BUA

10,000 m2 or greater 0.25% of BUA

19.9 BUILDING FACADE/ EXTERNAL CLADDING MATERIAL

19.9.1 Certification and approval

1 External Cladding material must be tested by an approved 3rd

  party test laboratory. The

manufacturer shall have certified ISO 9000 compliant QMS.

2 External Cladding materials that are combustible must be submitted to the Qatar Civil

Defense for review and approval. Submissions shall include copies of relevant test reports

and details on the proposed fixings used to secure the material to the building. On approval,

a Qatar Civil Defense certificate for the External Cladding material will be issued to the

submitting party.

19.9.2 Material properties

1 External Cladding Material (ECM) fixed to buildings shall be non-combustible and shall be

composed of environmentally friendly materials and substances.

2 ECM not complying with 19.8.2.1 above must have the following fire propagation and flame

spread properties.

(a) When tested in accordance with BS 476 Part 6:

(i) Fire Propagation index, no greater than 4.0

(ii) any sub index must not be greater than 2.0, and

(b) When tested in accordance with BS 476 Part 7:

(i) flame spread after 10 minutes must be less than 25 mm

3 Alternative test methods and Standards such as AS, BSI and ISO may be used to verify

compliance in test reports provided the method of testing is demonstrated to be equivalent

and verifies an equal or better fire performance result to those nominated in 19.8.2.2 above.

4 Details of the ECM's approval and listings, its method of fixing and the extent of usage shall

be included in the proposed Building Plans fire safety submission for compliance verification.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 162/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

19.10 EXTERNAL FACADE CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE FOR HIGH RISE

BUILDINGS

19.10.1 General

1. Any building measuring 28 meters or above in height is classified as a high rise building as

per Qatar Civil Defense Department. This section is intended to provide a framework for the

cleaning and maintenance of the façade for high rise buildings. The façade will require both

cleaning and maintenance to achieve its anticipated life and desired purpose. Failure to

undertake this work can considerably reduce the life of materials, components and finishes.

The provision of correct documentation and instruction at the completion of construction will

permit the building owner to gain the best achievable performance from the façade.

19.10.2 Maintenance Manual

1 A maintenance manual should be produced for the completed works. The number and

specific requirements for the manual should be specified at tender stage. The manual shouldbe developed in parallel with the design and should include, but not be limited to, the

following information:

(a) The name, address and telephone number of each firm and/ or sub-contractor

involved in the supply of materials, components, assemblies and finishes.

(b) A clear and concise description of the construction used to form the various areas of

façade on the particular project.

(c) Copies of material, component and finishes certification and test reports as required

by the Specifier.

(d) A method statement showing the means of access to all parts of the wall and safe

loadings.

(e) A method statement covering the procedures for replacement of damaged or

otherwise defective materials or components, and materials and components that

have a design life less than the design of the façade and will therefore require

replacement during the life of the façade.

(f) Recommendations for routine maintenance, cleaning, suitable cleaning agents and

any lubrication/adjustments to working parts.

(g) A full set of construction drawings updated to include any changes made up to the

time of completion.

(h) The terms and conditions of any guarantees.

19.10.3 Access of Cleaning and Maintenance

1 The Building Owner/ Specifier should provide a means of access which enables all parts of

the façade to be safely reached for the purpose of cleaning, inspection and maintenance.

The intended method of access should be established at the design stage and the relevant

loads catered for. Particular care should be made to define all possible imposed loads

including impact loads and uplift forces on projections by snagging.

2 The access system should comply with the appropriate British Standards (BS 6037, BS

5974). Specifiers should also make themselves aware of any statutory obligations related toOccupational Health and Safety at Work.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 163/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 164/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 19: Regulatory Requirements 

4 The number of Ablution stalls shall be calculated as per Table 3 below.

Table 3: Provision of Ablution Facility

Facility Type Occupant Population No. of Ablution Stalls

Office Building

Up to 50 02

For 51 and above01

For each additional 50

Shopping Mall

Up to 200 02

For 201 and above01

For each additional 200

Shopping Centre

Hypermarket

Up to 200 02

201- 2000 people

01

For each additional 400

For 2001 and above01

For each additional 1000

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 165/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 20: Clearance of the Site

20  CLEARANCE OF SITE ............................................................................................ 2 

20.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

20.1.1  Scope 2 

20.2 

FINAL CLEARING ................................................................................................... 2 

20.2.1  General 2 

20.2.2  Internal and External Surfaces 2 

20.2.3  The Site 2 

20.2.4  Miscellaneous 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 166/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 20: Clearance of the Site

20 CLEARANCE OF SITE

20.1 GENERAL

20.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the requirements for the final clearance of the Site.

20.2 FINAL CLEARING

20.2.1 General

1 Final clearing shall be done before the final inspection.

2 All waste materials shall be removed from the Site and disposed of properly.

20.2.2 Internal and External Surfaces

1 The Contractor shall clean all interior and external surfaces exposed to view. The Contractor

shall undertake the following to the satisfaction of the Engineer:

(a) Remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances.

(b) Polish transparent and glossy surfaces.

(c) Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.

(d) Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces.

(e) Broom clean concrete floors and unoccupied spaces.

(f) Clean light fixtures and lamps so they operate at maximum efficiency.

(g) Other cleaning tasks as specified by the Engineer.

20.2.3 The Site

1 The Contractor shall clean the Site and shall undertake the following to the satisfaction of the

Engineer:

(a) Sweep paved areas and rake all other surfaces.

(b) Remove litter and foreign substances.

(c) Remove stains, chemical spills and other foreign deposits.

(d) Any other cleaning tasks as specified by the Engineer.

2 The Contractor shall abide by the latest regulations of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and

 Agriculture and relevant municipalities in clearance of construction works refuse.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 167/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 20: Clearance of the Site

3 Clearance and transportation of construction works refuse:

(a) The Contractor shall undertake to carry out the following within a maximum period of

30 days after completion of the agreed building or project and preparing it for use or

stoppage of work for an indefinite period.

(i) Removal of the entire Contractor’s equipment, machinery and other belongings

from the work site.

(ii) Clearance of all earth, debris and refuse whatsoever and transporting them to

the location designated by the concerned municipality, delivering the building or

project absolutely clean and free of any such materials and delivery of the

surrounding area levelled to the natural level of the street pavement.

(b) In the case of Contractor’s delay or refusal to carry out such a job, he shall have to pay

a penal compensation as defined in the contract for delay for each day or part of day.

This compensation shall be final and the judiciary shall not be entitled to mitigate it and

it does not require establishing the occurrence of any damage to the owner.

(c) In addition, the Owner shall be entitled to clear the refuse himself and transport it to the

location designated by the concerned municipality. The Owner shall deduct the cost of

refuse clearance, transport and any other related costs including the office expenses

and overhead cost from the payment or the money due to the Contractor. He may also

stop the final payment due to the Contractor until such refuse has been cleared and a

certificate confirming this has been obtained from the concerned Municipality.

20.2.4 Miscellaneous

1 The Contractor shall clean or replace all mechanical filters for equipment included in the

Works and for equipment directly affected by the construction of the Works.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 168/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 21: Final Inspection and Handover Procedures

21  FINAL INSPECTION AND HANDOVER PROCEDURES .............................. 2 

21.1  GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR INSPECTION AND HANDOVER .............. 2 

21.1.1 

Scope 2 

21.1.2  Pre-requisite for Final Inspection 2 

21.1.3   Approvals from Public Authorities 3 

21.1.4  Hand Over 3 

21.2  ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR .................................... 4 

21.2.1  Provision of Tools, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 4 

21.2.2  Guarantee Warrantees and Bonds 4 

21.3  MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS ................................................. 4 

21.3.1  Operation Data 4 

21.3.2 

Operation and Maintenance Manuals 4 

21.3.3  Operational, Field and Performance Testing 5 

21.4  PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.............................................................. 5 

21.4.1  General 5 

21.4.2  Record Drawings 6 

21.4.3  Record Specifications 6 

21.4.4  Maintenance Period Final Inspection 6 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 169/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 170/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 171/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 21: Final Inspection and Handover Procedures

21.2 ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR

21.2.1 Provision of Tools, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials

1 The Contractor shall provide all tools, spare parts and maintenance materials specified in theProject Documentation.

2 The Contractor shall provide an itemised list of all the items to be furnished under this

Clause. Each item to be furnished shall be given a unique reference number. The list shall

include the reference number, a description of the item and the appropriate Specification

Section and Paragraph.

3 All the items furnished under this Clause shall be packaged for long term storage. Any items

requiring special storage conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.

4 All items furnished under this Clause shall be provided with a mark or tag for identification

purposes. The mark or tag shall include the reference number detailed in Clause 21.2.1-2.

5 Unless otherwise instructed, all items furnished under this Clause shall be delivered to the

Government Stores in accordance with the relevant provision of Part 9 of this Section,

Materials.

21.2.2 Guarantee Warrantees and Bonds

1 The Contractor shall provide notarised copies of all guarantees, warranties and bonds as

required by the Project Documentation. The guarantees, warranties and bonds should be

assembled in a binder with a durable plastic cover, complete with a table of contents.

2 The start of the warranty or guarantee period shall be either:

(a) The date when any item is placed into full time operation for the Government’s benefit

and with the Engineer’s approval.

(b) The date of issue of the completion certificate.

21.3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS

21.3.1 Operation Data

1 The Contractor shall provide all operating data for all mechanical and electrical equipment

supplied under the Contract.

2 The operating data shall be presented on A4 size paper in ring binder with a durable plastic

cover.

21.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

1 The Contractor shall provide approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance

with the relevant provisions of Section 9, Mechanical and Electrical Equipment and Part 7 of

this Section, Submittals.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 172/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 21: Final Inspection and Handover Procedures

21.3.3 Operational, Field and Performance Testing

1 After all construction and starting is complete and before taking-over of any part of the

Works, the Contractor shall perform operational, field and performance tests as called for in

the Project Documentation.

2 The Contractor shall demonstrate operation of the facilities of the Engineer showing proper

sequence of operation as well as satisfactory performance of the system and individual

components. Any improper operation of the system or any improper, neglected or faulty

construction shall be repaired or corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor

shall make such changes, adjustments or replacement of equipment as may be required to

make same comply with the Specifications, or replace any defective parts or material.

3 Failure of the system to perform at the specified level at the time of testing will be the

responsibility of the Contractor. In the event of failure of equipment to meet the specified

performance, the Owner reserves the right to reject such equipment or system, withhold

retention money or make claims on the Performance Bond.

4 The Contractor shall submit a consolidated schedule of operation, field and performance

tests no later than three (3) months before the schedule start of the first test and weekly a

schedule of tests to be carried out the following week. The Contractor shall inform the

Engineer not later than 24 hours in advance of changes in the scheduling of a test.

5 For all specified performance tests, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following:

(a) A draft test procedure no later than two (2) months in advance of the schedule test

date.

(b) A final test procedure no later two (2) weeks in advance of the scheduled test date.(c) A test report within two (2) weeks of the successful completion of the test.

21.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

21.4.1 General

1 Project Record Documents shall be kept separate from construction/working documents.

2 Project Record Documents shall be stored in facilities that provide a suitable environment to

prevent damage or deterioration and to prevent loss.

3 Project Record Documents shall include, but not be limited to the following:

(a) Drawings.

(b) Specifications.

(c) Addenda.

(d) Variation orders.

(e) Correspondence.

(f) Transmittals

(g) Inspection and Test Records

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 173/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 21: Final Inspection and Handover Procedures

21.4.2 Record Drawings

1 Record drawings shall be clearly and correctly “red-marked” by the Contractor to show all

changes made during the construction process. The record drawings shall show the Works

as executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of Part 7 of this Section - Submittals.

21.4.3 Record Specifications

1 Record specifications shall be clearly and correctly annotated to show all changes made

during the construction process.

21.4.4 Maintenance Period Final Inspection

1 During the last month of the period of maintenance the Engineer will notify the maintenance

department that the maintenance period is about to expire. An inspection of the Works by

the Engineer’s Representative, maintenance department, and the Contractor shall be

undertaken to verify that all outstanding items have been completed.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 174/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 22: New Technologies and Innovations

22  NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND INNOVATIONS ............................................... 2 

22.1  GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL ............................................... 2 

22.1.1 

Scope 2 

22.1.2  Pre-requisite for Approval 2 

22.1.3  Technologies And Innovations Of Interest 2 

22.1.4  Documentation 3 

22.1.5  Final Inspection And Approval 3 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 175/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 22: New Technologies and Innovations

22 NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND INNOVATIONS

22.1 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL

22.1.1 Scope

1 Qatar is committed to researching and using new technology and innovations within

construction industry. Because of this commitment it is open to proposals from outside

agencies in the use of new technologies and innovations.

2 This Part specifies the requirements associated with the proposal and approval of new

technologies and innovations for use in construction in Qatar.

22.1.2 Pre-requisite for Approval

1 New technologies / innovations are allowed for use in any project on experimental orresearch basis after getting an approval from National Committee For Construction and

Building materials Specifications (NCCBS) of the Ministry of Environment and any other

concerned parties.

2 The period allowed for such an experiment or research shall be limited to a trial period of a

maximum of two years after which it will be evaluated prior to approval or otherwise by the

concerned parties.

3 The supplier will be required to submit a guarantee certificate for an agreed period of time.

4 The supplier shall submit a written warranty to bear all fiscal and legal responsibilities as a

result of using the experiment if not meeting the suppliers’  claims/specifications. He shallremove any material or debris left from the experiment.

22.1.3 Technologies And Innovations Of Interest

1 The following are of particular interest to Qatar :

(a) Polymer Modified Bitumen (PMB)

(b) Superpave

(c) Performance Grade Binders suitable for the climatic conditions of Qatar (i.e. PG 76-10)

(d) Cold Laid Asphalt

(e) Rubber Recycling

(f) Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA)

(g) Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) pipes

(h) Polyethylene (PE) Plain and Corrugated pipes

(i) Fibre Reinforced Concrete

(j) Recycling of materials from demolished buildings and roads

2 Notwithstanding the above Qatar wishes suppliers to propose technology and innovations

that it believes can benefit Qatar and the environment.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 176/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 177/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

23  DESIGN & SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ................................ 2 

23.1  GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 2 

23.1.1  Scope 2 

23.1.2  References 2 

23.1.3  Definitions 2 

23.2  DESIGN CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 3 

23.2.1  Quality Responsibility and Duties 3 

23.2.2  Quality System Documentation 3 

23.2.3  Quality Plan 4 

23.2.4  Construction Inspection and Test Requirements Specification 5 

23.2.5  Design Consultant Verification of Sub Consultants 5 

23.2.6  Quality Records 5 

23.3 

SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS .................................. 5 

23.3.1 

Quality Responsibilities and Duties 5 23.3.2

 

Quality System Documentation 7 

23.3.3 

Quality Plan 8 

23.3.4  Inspection and Test Plan’s (ITP’S)  9 

23.3.5  Technical Procedures, Work Instructions and Method Statements 9 

23.3.6  Monitoring by Supervision Consultants 10 

23.3.7  Review of Contractor Quality Documentation 10 

23.3.8  Inspection Responsibilities 11 

23.3.9  Inspections and Test Surveillance Points 11 

23.3.10  Visits 12 

23.3.11 

Supervision Consultant Verification 12 

23.3.12  Interfacing 12 

23.3.13 

Punch Lists 12 

23.3.14 

Protection of the Works 12 

23.3.15 

Quality Records 12 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 178/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

23 DESIGN & SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

23.1 GENERAL

23.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the Quality Assurance activities to be performed by Design and

Supervision Consultants during all phases of the Contract and should be read in conjunction

with all other parts of the Contract.

2 The purpose of this part is to define Design and Supervision Consultants responsibility for

demonstrating that the work under the contract is executed to the quality standards required

by the contract and to outline verification activities.

23.1.2 References

1 The following standards are referred to in this part:

BS EN ISO 9000:2005 Quality Management systems. Fundamentals and vocabulary

BS EN ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management systems. Requirements

BS ISO 10006:2003 ...Quality Management systems, Guidelines for Quality Management in

Projects

BS ISO 10005:2005 ...Quality Management systems. Guidelines for Quality Plans

BS EN ISO 19011:2011 Guidelines for auditing management systems

QCS Qatar Construction Specification

23.1.3 Definitions

1 Defect or Non-conformance: any part of the Works not executed, provided or completed in

accordance with the Contract. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality

of the expression the term shall be taken to include any item of Plant, material, goods or work

incorporated or used in the Works which does not or may not conform to the relevant quality

standards or pass the tests prescribed in or to be inferred from the Contract

2 Owner: The Ministry, Municipality, Department, Affairs, Agency, Authority, or individual for

whom the Project is being undertaken and to whom the handover of the final product will be

made.

3 QA & QC: Quality Assurance & Quality Control and this may be written as QA/QC.

4 QA:  Quality Assurance. Part of quality management focused on providing confidence that

quality requirements will be fulfilled. QA involves a continuous evaluation of the adequacy

and effectiveness of the overall Quality Management System in order to evaluate the

deviation from established quality objectives.

5 QC: Quality Control. Part of quality management focused on fulfilling quality requirements.

The QC involves specific control points during design, fabrication or construction stages to

check the fulfilling of design criteria, acceptance criteria (tolerance, etc.), performance criteria

or functional criteria.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 179/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 180/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

(c) Quality Records: In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract

or other applicable codes, standards or procedures, the Design Consultant shall

identify project quality records in compliance with the minimum requirements

standards referenced in 23.1.2 above.

(d) Reference and other related documents.

2 Quality system documents shall be submitted to the owner for review, comment and approval

within 30 days after contract award. In the event that comments are made on the contract

Quality system documentation submitted for review and comment, the design consultant

shall make adjustments, correction, amendment or alteration required. Such comment will be

made on the premise that the adjustment, correction, amendment or alteration is within the

scope of the contract and will not affect the contract conditions, specifications, guarantees,

price or the like in anyway.

3 Adjustments, corrections, amendments or alterations made by the Design Consultant to the

contract quality system shall, after revision be resubmitted by the Design Consultant to the

owner for review and approval.

23.2.3 Quality Plan

1 Design Consultants are required to submit Quality Plan (addressing their design activities)

which are specific (not generic) to the Contract, meeting as a minimum the requirements of

the standards referenced in 23.1.2 above. This plan shall reference, or include other

documentation which is relevant to the Contract. However as a stand-alone document, the

Quality Plan shall clearly indicate how the Quality process shall be applied to meet the

requirements of the contract. Particular emphasis is to be placed on the following.

(a) Relevant extracts from the Corporate Quality Manual reference to specifications,

standards etc;

(b) List of all procedures applicable to the project;

(c) QA/QC Organisation;

(d) Document Control;

(e) Inspection and Test;

(f) Specific work practices;

(g) List of all procedures applicable to the Consultants Project Quality System;

(h) Audits (including internal and external Audits Plans);

(i) Management Review;

(j) Quality objectives, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)

(k) Allocation of resources;

(l) Responsibilities and authority for all phases of work;

(m) Control of Non-conformance, corrective and preventive actions.

(n) Contract Changes;

(o) Lessons learned and continual improvement;

(p) Purchasing Process e.g. Sub Consultants.(q) Quality Records

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 181/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

2 The Design Consultants Quality plan will make reference to and take into account applicable

codes, standards, specifications, quality characteristics and regulatory requirements as

necessary. It will identify the criteria by which the design and developments inputs and

outputs should be accepted, and how, at what stage(s) and by whom, the outputs should be

reviewed, verified and validated.

3 The Design Consultants Quality Plan will also state the following.

(a) How request for changes and development will be controlled to meet Contractual

requirements;

(b) Who is authorised to initiate a change request;

(c) How changes will be reviewed in terms of their impact;

(d) Who is authorised to approve or rejects changes;

(e) How the implementation of changes will be verified;

(f) When design and development reviews take place;

23.2.4 Construction Inspection and Test Requirements Specification

1 The Design Consultant shall provide a specification addressing the complete inspection and

testing regime related to their design output, taking into account the requirements of the

QCS. This shall be guiding document by which Supervision Consultants and Contractors will

be held accountable for all on and off site tests and inspections to be performed. The

Inspection and Test Requirements Specifications must be sufficiently detailed to leave no

questions regarding the number of samples required or types of tests to be made over and

above the requirements of the QCS and which standards must be complied with.

23.2.5 Design Consultant Verification of Sub Consultants

1 The Design Consultant is required to perform audits and verification activities at any sub

consultants premises to gain assurance that the subcontracted product conforms to specified

requirements.

23.2.6 Quality Records

1 In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract or other applicable

codes, standards or procedures, the Design Consultant shall determine project Quality

records in compliance with requirements of ISO 9001:2008 and other relevant standards

stated in contract documents and 23.1.2 above.

2 The list of quality records generated during the life of the contract, and made available upon

request for review by the Owner, shall be indexed by the Design Consultant in his Quality

Plan.

3 The Design Consultant shall maintain Registers for all incoming and outgoing documents.

23.3 SUPERVISION CONSULTANT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

23.3.1 Quality Responsibilities and Duties

1 The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for setting up implementing and monitoring

his own Contract Specific Quality Management System meeting the requirements of this part

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 182/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

2 The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for quality auditing, monitoring and oversight

of themselves any consultants, contractors, sub-contractors (Including laboratories) under

their control.

3 The Supervision Consultant shall perform and/or witness any examinations and tests

necessary to demonstrate conformance of the works to the requirements of the Contract and

shall accept only works by the Contractor that comply with the specified requirements.

4 The Supervision Consultant shall witness sampling and related testing performed on as well

as testing performed in external Third Party Laboratories.

5 The Supervision Consultant shall establish and maintain a system of records which shall

provide objectives evidence that the supervision Consultant is meeting the requirements of

this specification and that the Contractors control and inspections are effective in meeting the

minimum standards required under their contract. Records shall be made available to the

Engineer in accordance with the requirements stated herein or elsewhere in the contract.

6 The Supervision Consultant will be subject to monitoring through audit and surveillance by

the Engineer. In both  cases the Supervision Consultant shall promptly rectify any negative

findings with their quality system rectify non-conformities and corrective actions found during

audit and surveillance activities directed at them.

7 The Supervision Consultants shall follow up on all findings (NCR’s, CAR’s Observations)

issued on the project to, or by the contractor or other entities under the contract.

8 No part of the quality system shall be used to preclude or otherwise negate the requirement

of any part of the contract, or the obligation of the Supervision Consultant pursuant to the

Contract.

9 The Supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring the contactor’s Work meets all

technical and quality requirements of the contract and shall keep continuous records of

action taken and shall advise the Engineer in writing of significant alteration to construction or

manufacturing techniques to ensure that specified requirements are met.

10 The Supervision Consultant shall conduct audit and surveillance activities to provide

evidence of the use and effectiveness of the Contractors quality system throughout the

execution of the contract.

11 The Supervision Consultant will ensure that the Contractor has included the quality

assurance requirements of the contract into subcontracts entered into by the Contractor.

12 The Supervision Consultant shall provide an effective audit and surveillance process for

works performed by a Contractor’s Subcontractors..

13 The Supervision Consultant shall verify that the Contractor’s Project Quality Plan, Inspection

and Test Plans and other such quality documentation includes or references the Quality

Plans, and Inspection and Test Plans of subcontractors and vice versa. All of these

documents must be reviewed and approved by the Supervision Consultant.

14 The Supervision Consultant shall hold contract specific QA/QC meetings chaired by the

Consultant on a monthly basis throughout the duration of the Work. Topics to be addressed

at the site quality meeting shall include, but shall not be limited too:

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 183/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

(a) Reviewing of the previous months Quality

(b) Current Performance of the activities

(c) Providing 4 week look ahead of planned activities

(d) Non Conformance of activities

(e) Key performance indicators

(f) Audit schedule

(g) Status of inspection of test plans and method statements

(h) Quality Training

(i) Contractors Project quality plan and quality control plans review and on-going

effectiveness

15 The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for providing a Monthly Quality Report

template, meeting the Owner requirements, to the Contractor and reviewing the completed

reports submitted by the Contractor.

16 The Supervision Consultant shall be responsible for completing any QA/QC Questionnaires

or Reports required by the Owner.

17 The Supervision Consultant shall appoint a suitably qualified, full time, Quality Manager to

verify that the requirements of this specification are met. The proposed Quality Manager shall

be subject to approval by the Owner.

23.3.2 Quality System Documentation

1 The Supervision Consultant Quality System shall include as a minimum the followingelements.

(a) Quality Plan as detailed in 23.2.3 below

(b) Procedures and work instruction: The Supervision Consultant Quality system must

include all relevant technical procedures and other pertinent documentation to ensure

that the design works are completed in accordance with the contract, with specific

reference to the minimum requirements of standards reference in 23.1.2 above

including the mandatory procedure required by ISO 9001:2008

(c) Quality Records: In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract

or other applicable codes, standards or procedures, the Supervision Consultant shall

identify project quality records in compliance with the minimum requirementsstandards referenced in 23.1.2 above

(d) Reference and other related documents

2 These Quality system documents shall be submitted to the Owner for review, comment and

approval within 30 days after contract award. In the event that comments are made on the

contract quality system documentation submitted for review and comment, the Supervision

Consultant shall make adjustments, correction, amendment or alteration required. Such

comment will be made on the premise that the adjustment, correction, amendment or

alteration is within the scope of the contract and will not affect the contract conditions,

specifications, guarantees, price or the like in anyway.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 184/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 185/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 9Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

(d) Who is authorised to approve or reject changes;

(e) How the implementation of changes will be verified;

(f) When reviews take place;

(g) Redline and As-Built process;

4 Where design is required by the Contractors contract, the Supervision Consultant

responsibilities for the Contractors design work shall be as defined under the contract,

however not withstanding this the Supervision Consultant shall responsible for auditing this

function of the Contractors quality system.

23.3.4 Inspection and Test Plan’s (ITP’S) 

1 As per the requirements of QCS, the Supervision Consultants shall require the Contractor to

submit Inspection and Test Plans to the Supervision Consultant a minimum 30 days prior to

the programmed work start date covered by each Inspection and Test Plan.

2 The Minimum requirements for the Contractors Inspection and Test Plan are defined in QCS,

and the supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring the Contractors Inspection and

Test Plan as a minimum meet these requirements or the recommendations of the Design

Consultants.

3 The Supervision Consultants shall ensure that the Contactors Inspect and Test Plan

adequately cover any Inspections and test points (Hold/Witness/Surveillance/Record Review)

required for the Supervision Consultant to ensure that the works are completed in

accordance with the contract.

4 Where the Design Consultant for the Contract has detailed specific specifications or

inspection and test requirements, the supervision Consultants shall ensure these have been

addressed within the Contractors Inspect and Test Plan. Where a discrepancy exits between

Inspections and Test requirements of the Design Consultant and the requirements of QCS,

the more stringent requirements shall be adopted.

5 The Supervision Consultant is responsible for reviewing and approving all Inspection and

Test Plans and other such documentation submitted by the Contractor and returning to the

Contractor within two weeks of their receipt unless otherwise agreed.

6 The Supervision Consultant shall ensure that inspection of processes, materials, good,

services and subcontracted works are described in the Inspection and Test plan submitted by

the Contractor.

23.3.5 Technical Procedures, Work Instructions and Method Statements

1 The Supervision Consultants shall verify through audit and surveillance that the Contractor’s

quality system includes all relevant Technical Procedures, Work Instructions Method

Statements and Inspection and Test Plans to ensure that the Works are completed in

accordance with the contract. These shall be submitted by the contractor in accordance with

the submission schedule agreed with the Supervision Consultant including those which form

part of the Contractors Quality System.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 186/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

2 The Supervision Consultants own Quality system likewise shall include relevant Technical

Procedures, Work Instructions Method Statements and Inspection and Test Plans to ensure

that the works are completed in accordance with the contract with specific reference to the

development and implementation of Quality Procedures specified in ISO 9001:2008. These

shall be submitted to the Owner by the Supervision Consultant in accordance with thesubmission schedule agreed with the Owner including those which form part of the

Supervision Consultants corporate quality system.

23.3.6 Monitoring by Supervision Consultants

1 Surveillance by the Supervision Consultants will include a variety of typical activities:

(a) review of contractor documentations

(b) audits of Contractor

(c) attendance at Hold/Witness/Surveillance Points

(d) Record Review

(e) Visits to Contractors off site works etc

(f) Factory Acceptance Tests

2 With the exception of visits, these activities will be announced to the Contractors in advance.

The Supervision Consultants shall give reasonable notice to the Contractor who is required to

make or arrange to be made available all facilities, documentations records and personnel,

including those of any subcontractors, which are required for any surveillance activity to be

taken.

3 The Supervision Consultants shall advise the Contractor in writing of any deficiency or

deviation in the contract quality system which comes to the Supervision Consultant’s

attention as a result of surveillance activities. The Contractor shall be required to rectify the

system within as short a period as may be reasonably expected considering the deficiency or

deviation. The Supervision Consultant may direct the Contractor in writing to stop the

operation and immediately carry out any corrective action, and the Contractor must comply

with such direction at his cost. All deficiencies uncovered shall be documented with a Non-

Conformance Report or Corrective Action Request as appropriate (Refer to QCS, Section 2

for a NCR template).

23.3.7 Review of Contractor Quality Documentation

1 All audits of the Contractor shall be conducted in accordance with a schedule establish by theSupervision Consultant. These audits are to be performed in accordance with formal

procedures by trained and qualified auditors.

2 The types of audit to be conducted are as follow:

(a) Systems Audit: One System audit will undertaken at or before the start of work on the

contract deliverables (the specified Works). The audit will be conducted against the

requirements of ISO9001:2008

(b) Compliance Audits: A number of compliance audits will be conducted at defined

milestones in the contract deliverable period. The scope of a compliance audit shall be

set by the supervision Consultant to suit the timing of activities, and the findings of the

system audit. For example, the scope of a compliance audit could cover any of the

following:

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 187/246

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 188/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 12Part 23: Design & Supervision Consultant Quality Requirements

23.3.10 Visits

1 The Supervision Consultants is empowered to visit any of the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s

work sites for any purpose at reasonable times. The Contractors will assist with such visits

and make available those records and personnel necessary to satisfy the supervision

Consultants requirements. Such visits may include surveillance points identified by the

Contractor and Subcontractors. These visits may include works situated outside of Qatar.

23.3.11 Supervision Consultant Verification

1 The Supervision Consultant has the right to perform verification activities at the Contractor’s

and the Subcontractor’s premises (including the construction site) to gain assurance that the

subcontracted product conforms to specified requirements.

23.3.12 Interfacing

1 The Supervision Consultant is responsible for ensuring that the interfaces between thecontract works and different packages of work and different Contracting entities are managed

appropriately and that technical integrity and configuration control is maintained.

23.3.13 Punch Lists

1 The Supervision Consultants shall be responsible to ensure that the Contractor prepares

punch lists at appropriate inspection and acceptance stages to record the outstanding work.

Defects identified during the punch list walk downs will also require NCR’s to be raised, other

than for minor defects. The Owner or its nominee may at any time add pending items or

defects or Nonconformances to Punch Lists.

23.3.14 Protection of the Works

1 The Supervision Consultant has the responsibility to ensure that the Contractor is taking

necessary precautions for the protection of works before the Initial/Final

 Acceptance/Handover to owner or its nominee.

23.3.15 Quality Records

1 In addition to (and including) quality records identified in the contract or other applicable

codes, standards or procedures, the Supervision Consultant shall determine project Quality

records in compliance with requirements of ISO 9001:2008 and other relevant standards

stated in contract documents and 23.1.2 above.

2 The list of quality records generated during the life of the contract, and made available upon

request for review by the Owner, shall be indexed by the Supervision Consultant in his

Quality Plan.

3 The Supervision Consultant shall maintain Registers for all incoming and outgoing

documents.

END OF PART

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 189/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 1Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24  CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING 2 

24.1  GENERAL 2 

24.1.1  Scope 2 

24.2 

REQUIREMENTS 2 

24.2.1 

Current Procedure Requirements 2 

24.2.2  Relevant Qatari Laws and Regulations 2 

24.2.3 

EIA Requirements 3 

24.2.4   Air Quality Standards 3 

24.2.5  Noise Standards 3 

24.2.6 

Discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network Standards 3 

24.2.7  Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) 3 

24.2.8  Geotechnical and Geo-Environmental Study Requirements 3 

24.2.9  Existing Groundwater Monitoring Documents 4 

24.2.10 

Risk Assessment of Construction Dewatering 4 

24.2.11 

Dewatering Monitoring Plan 5 

24.2.12 

Training Requirements 6 

24.3  DEWATERING TECHNIQUES 7 

24.3.1  Construction Dewatering Methods Guide Lines 7 

24.3.2 

Sump Pits 8 

24.3.3  Well System 8 

24.3.4 

Deep Wells 8 

24.3.5  Ditches/ French Drains 9 

24.3.6  Cut-Off Excavation Barriers 9 

24.3.7  Dewatering Effluent Treatment 9 

24.3.8  Settlement Tank 9 

24.3.9  Settlement Tank Types 9 

24.3.10 

Tank Size 10 24.4

 

OTHER TREATMENT 10 

24.4.1  Silt and Fine Grained Soils 10 

24.4.2 

Contamination of Groundwater 12 

24.5  DISPOSAL OPTIONS 12 

24.6  DISCHARGE TO SEA 13 

24.6.1 

Discharge to Sea via Surface and Groundwater Network 13 

24.6.2  Direct Discharge to Sea 15 

24.6.3 

Discharge to Lagoons: 16 

24.6.4  Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection) 17 

24.6.5 

Groundwater Recycle & Reuse Onsite 18 

24.6.6  Integrated Management of Construction Dewatering 19 

24.6.7 

Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) 19 

24.6.8  Monitoring Plan 19 

24.6.9  Training Plan 20 

24.6.10 

Odour Control 20 

24.6.11  Health & Safety Considerations 20 

24.6.12 

Site Investigation 21 

24.6.13  Design Considerations 21 

24.6.14  Housekeeping Considerations 21 

Appendices  22 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 190/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 2Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24 CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING

24.1 GENERAL

24.1.1 Scope

1 This Part specifies the general procedures and requirements for construction dewatering.

2 It should be noted that legislative requirements, standards and requirements detailed in this

Part are minimum standards, and methods should be employed with the intent to continually

improve on these standards.

3 Related Parts and Sections are as follows:

Section 8 Earthworks

Section 9 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment

24.2 REQUIREMENTS

24.2.1 Current Procedure Requirements

1 There are four types of construction dewatering disposal options that require licensing in

Qatar, as follows:

(a) Discharge to the Sea via surface and groundwater network; the licensing authority

should be ASHGHAL and MOE.

(b) Direct discharge to the Sea; if the discharge is pumped directly to the sea, then the

Ministry of Environment (MOE) should be the licensing authority.

(i) Discharge to Lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides. This method

of disposal requires a license from MOE.

(ii) Discharge to Lagoon not covered. This method of disposal requires a license

from MOE.

(c) Discharge through Deep Well Injection. This method of disposal requires a license

from MOE.

24.2.2 Relevant Qatari Laws and Regulations

1 The list of parameters required by MoE for dewatering permit is included in Appendix Atogether with Annex 4 of Law 30 of 2002 which specifies the limits for the discharged water

into the marine environment (refer to Appendix A). The annex controls the parameters of

pollutants in the water disposed to the marine environment whether via the Surface and

Groundwater Network, or direct discharge to the sea.

2 If the construction dewatering effluent is discharged to foul network, the discharging party is

liable to having committed a criminal offence.

3 In the case of illegal discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network, the discharging party

will be subjected to legal actions taken by the licensing authorities.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 191/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 3Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24.2.3 EIA Requirements

1 Environmental approvals from the MoE as per Article 7 of the Law No. 30 of 2002.

24.2.4 Air Quality Standards

1 The air quality standards are controlled by the Law No. 30 of 2002 under Annex (3/First).The

standards applicable to dewatering activities may include the following:

2 Maximum limits (of air pollutants) allowed for emissions from the movable sources; and

 Ambient air quality standards.

24.2.5 Noise Standards

1 The noise levels are also controlled by the Qatari Legislation under Law No. 30 of 2002

 Annex (2/Fifth).

24.2.6 Discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network Standards

1 Executive Bylaws of Environment Protection Law Issued under Ordinance Law No. (30) Of

2002. Annex No. (4) Criteria and Specifications of the Hazardous Materials when disposed

of in the Water Environments (MoE regulations).

24.2.7 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

1 For projects requiring an EIA at the design stage, the EIA should be carefully reviewed by

the Design Consultant / Contractor. The EIA should be forwarded to MoE for their approval

and for issuing the relevant Environmental Permit.

2 Where available, the EIA will contain details of geotechnical surveys including groundwater,

adopted from the previously mentioned report.

3 Although the EIA may not directly contribute to the construction dewatering design, it will

document possible contamination in the area and environmental constraints, and should

therefore be considered when preparing construction dewatering application papers. Existing

contamination, or potential for contamination, should be carefully considered and must be

taken into account when dewatered groundwater is tested for compliance.

4 To ensure that dewatering systems are designed to maximise environmental protection and

to assist in expediting license approval processes, the above investigations shall be takeninto consideration as early in the project as possible and included when applying for the

discharge permit.

24.2.8 Geotechnical and Geo-Environmental Study Requirements

1 After the awarding of the Contract to the Contractor and prior to obtaining the discharge

permit, if required by the Contract or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry

out a geotechnical and geo-environmental investigations in order to confirm the geotechnical

and environmental conditions on site and groundwater levels.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 192/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 4Part 24: Construction Dewatering

2 The geotechnical and geo-environmental study must as a minimum identify soil types,

permeability, groundwater hydrology, and the required drawdown for the construction

activities. This study is required if the area is suspected for contamination or if the EIA at the

design stage has indicated the existence of contamination.

3 The output of the geotechnical and geo-environmental study should include as a minimum

the following items:

(a) Time required for construction dewatering.

(b) Flow rate of the dewatering discharge.

(c) Required drawdown.

(d) Method of construction dewatering based on all of the above findings.

4 To assist in the approval process all of the above information must be provided in the

application for discharge.

5 It is important to note that the requirements of the Geotechnical and Geo-environmental

study are completely subject to project settings, type of contamination, and MoE’s specific

requirements of each project.

24.2.9 Existing Groundwater Monitoring Documents

1 It is the Contractor ’s responsibility to ensure he has been providing the latest existing

groundwater level information from Ashghal and the MoE. This information should be used

by the Contractor to assist in determining the current site conditions.

2 All groundwater information gathered during studies by the Contractor, are to be submitted to

 Ashghal for reference and inclusion in the country database. The collection of this

information is paramount to the continuous improvement of government information

databases.

24.2.10 Risk Assessment of Construction Dewatering

1 It is important to note that risks are site specific and depend on the intent of the Contractor.

The Contractor is responsible for developing, implementing and managing a Risk

Management System and conducting a Risk Assessment in terms of dewatering activities

and otherwise onsite.

2 This Risk Management System and Risk Assessment shall be the submitted to the Engineerfor the approval within the 30 days of the contract award.

3 Risk assessment in this instance can be defined as the identification and characterisation of

the nature of existing and potential adverse effects to humans and the environment resulting

from dewatering activities employed on site.

4 Risk is a function of the probability of an event occurring and the degree of damage that

would result should it happen.

5 Details and information gathered during the concept design and associated site studies

(geotechnical, groundwater & environmental) are needed to assess the risks associated with

the proposed activities. The assessment allows significant risks to be identified so that they

can be targeted for action.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 193/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 5Part 24: Construction Dewatering

6 The initial risk assessment needs to also be regularly reviewed and will become an integral

part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan. This includes a review of existing

risks and the identification of new risks detected through the surveillance or the monitoring

program.

7 To conduct the Risk Assessment the Contractor should undertake the following key steps:

(a) Information gathering:

 A risk assessment requires information about site conditions.

(b) Risk identification:

Hazard identification involves the identification of risks/hazards that could lead to an

adverse effect on the receiving environment and/or health & safety.

(c) Risk analysis:

Risk analysis considers the likelihood of the risk being realised.

(d) Consequence analysis:

Consequence analysis determines the effect on the environment and health & safety

should a risk be realised.

8 The overall risk is a function of the likelihood of the activity or event causing environmental

harm or impacting on health & safety and the consequence should that risk be realised.

9 The risks are then ranked according to their magnitude and mitigation strategies developed.

10 The objective of this process is to identify and rank all potential risks that may arise from the

dewatering of the construction site and then reduce risks to acceptable levels by

implementing a suitable method of dewatering and/or action plan.

11 Risks generally associated with dewatering activities onsite include but not limited to the

following:

(a) Soil and slope stability and soil erosion due to dewatering activities.

(b) Soil contamination. Whether contamination exists in the project area prior to

commencement of construction or is caused by dewatering activities.

(c) Change of groundwater properties due to dewatering practices.

(d) Excessive abstraction (dewatering) of groundwater which affects nearby groundwater

related activities.

(e) Health and safety related issues.

(f) Risks associated with impacts of dewatering activities on surrounding environment

and sensitive receptors.

(g) Risks associated with failure of dewatering system and/or disposal methods.

24.2.11 Dewatering Monitoring Plan

1 When dewatering activities are included within the project site, the Contractor shall prepare aDewatering Monitoring Plan as detailed below.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 194/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 6Part 24: Construction Dewatering

2 The Dewatering Monitoring Plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30

days of contract award.

3 The monitoring plan will assist the licensing authority, as well as the Contractor, in keeping

track of dewatering activities onsite, and identify corrective actions to be carried out.

4 The monitoring plan can also assist in identifying liability issues concerned with reported

dewatering problems and accidents.

5 Outline and components of monitoring plan are as follow:

(a) Identification of opportunities to reuse the dewatering effluent onsite in order to reduce

the amount of disposed effluent.

(b) Dewatering techniques being employed on site

(c) Disposal methods employed on-site and relevant monitoring plan to ensure

compliance with discharge limits.

(d) Copy of discharge limits.

(e) Roles and responsibilities of the Environmental Advisor on site.

6 Roles and responsibilities have to be clearly defined when designing a dewatering system.

These roles and responsibilities are to be submitted as an essential element to satisfy the

Construction Environmental Management Plan requirements when applying for the

dewatering effluent discharge permit.

7 Refer to Appendix B for an example of inspection sheet for the dewatering process.

24.2.12 Training Requirements

1 The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Dewatering Training Plan submitted along with

the necessary documentation for a discharge permit.

2 The construction dewatering training plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval

within 30 days of contract award.

3 The training plan will assist the licensing authority in evaluating the level of knowledge

passed on to the Contractor’s staff, and is therefore an indirect indication on how well the

dewatering process is being executed. The components of the submitted training plan are

detailed below.

4 The integration of construction dewatering training into the Training Plan of the Contractor is

essential to introduce all staff to construction dewatering related information.

5 It is recommended that information on dewatering equipment and related emergencies are

included in the training provided to staff entering or working on the site.

6 The training for all staff does not have to be comprehensive; however, it should include basic

items such as:

(a) Brief explanation of the construction dewatering purpose

(b) Introduction to the dewatering equipment. Inclusion of photos in the trainingpresentation.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 195/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 7Part 24: Construction Dewatering

(c) Health and safety related concerns, education on related emergencies, and contact

information of person in charge of dewatering to be provided in the presentation.

24.3 DEWATERING TECHNIQUES

24.3.1 Construction Dewatering Methods Guide Lines

1 The design of effective construction dewatering methods should be based on a number of

information sources:

(a) Geotechnical and groundwater site investigations undertaken at the commencement

of any project;

(b) Information provided by any geotechnical study undertaken during the concept design

stage[if applicable];

(c) Groundwater information sourced from relevant authorities; and,

(d) A site risk assessments.

2 The Contractors choice of dewatering method will depend primarily on the soil type and

permeability and the amount of groundwater to be removed. Whilst the Contractor will be

trying to find the most cost effective method of dewatering (based on the geotechnical report)

he shall implement the most effective dewatering method which minimises environmental

damage, protects the health & safety of on-site personnel and meets all legislative discharge

limits.

3 It is important to note that if contamination exists in the area all precautions need to be

implemented. Contamination will be dealt with in coordination with MoE by safe disposal in

designated areas as per the Environmental Law number 30 for 2002.

4 The figure below demonstrates the range of common dewatering techniques, whilst

accounting for soil permeability and drawdown.

Range of Application of Pumped Well Groundwater Control Techniques ** Source: Preene, M. Roberts, T. Powrie, W. Dyer, M R (2000)- Groundwater Control Design &

Practice (CIRIA C515), London, CIRIA.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 196/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 8Part 24: Construction Dewatering

5 As seen in the above figure, the choice of dewatering method depends on the required

drawdown and permeability. The drawdown is determined during the design stage of

structures and the groundwater investigation stage at the start of the project and the

permeability is tested during the geotechnical investigation stage.

6 After the drawdown is determined, the Contractor shall choose the method of dewatering

based on the permeability of soil. The method can vary during the stages of the project

depending on the required drawdown. The shaded areas near the methods’ boundaries

indicate that the choices can overlap, and then the Contractor can decide between the two

(or more) options.

7 Filtering and filling materials of aggregate is required by most dewatering methods.

Therefore when required, aggregates to be used shall be free draining, washed and free of

debris (organic or non-organic). Preference is for a single sized aggregate (less than 10%

fines).

8 Whilst the range of dewatering practices varies across sites depending on their size,construction depth and site conditions, the most commonly used methods of dewatering in

Qatar ar e indicated below. Each method’s use depends on the requirements and stage of

project.

24.3.2 Sump Pits

1 The Sump Pit method is the simplest form of dewatering system on a construction site.

Sump pits are generally utilised as a quick, least cost, solution and can be seen to be used

at the start of projects as the excavation stage commences. Provided with an aggregate

lining, as per O&M requirements, sump pits can be an effective means of filtering

groundwater, unless the groundwater has come into contact with silt and/or limestone, whichusually results in reported high turbidity.

2 If soil has silty characteristics; it is recommended that proper installation of geotextile and

aggregates in sump pits be implemented in order to improve the quality of dewatering

effluent and significantly decrease turbidity.

24.3.3 Well System

1 The most common practice of dewatering used in Qatar is the implementation of a Well

System. Wells are systematically drilled around the construction area and submersible

pumps placed into these wells. This practice appears to work effectively for many projects,

especially those building projects that require excavations for deep basements.

24.3.4 Deep Wells

1 Deep wells are rarely used in Qatar. Deep wells are usually equipped with filter packs &

submersible pumps, and are operated using a control cabin.

2 Although not found to be present in Qatar at present, deep wells have unlimited drawdown,

they require a minimum spacing of 10 meters, and have far greater efficiency.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 197/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 9Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24.3.5 Ditches/ French Drains

1 Ditches and French drains (commonly known as trenches in construction projects in Qatar)

are also used on Qatar’s construction sites. The ditches are formed in a pre -planned

manner, allowing groundwater flow to surface in the deeper level trenches. Perforated pipes

are then placed in the trenches, and groundwater extracted through these pipelines to be

filtered. These trenches were particularly common in infrastructure network projects.

2 Graded aggregates and geotextile layer to be used when laying out the pipelines.

24.3.6 Cut-Off Excavation Barriers

1 Cut Off barriers are designed to limit and/or control groundwater entering the construction

site from a neighbouring property. An assessment of groundwater infiltration is required to

determine to what extent barriers are required and how they are constructed.

2 Commonly used excavation barriers in Qatar include structural concrete walls and secantpiles. Both techniques are applicable to most types of soil and provide slope stability for

deep excavated areas.

24.3.7 Dewatering Effluent Treatment

24.3.8 Settlement Tank

1 The settlement tank is the most common and most effective methods of treatment in Qatar.

The settlement tank is primarily used to maximise the distance that the effluent has to travel

prior to reaching the discharge point, and therefore increasing the settlement efficiency.

2 All projects in Qatar which apply for a discharge permit are obligated to provide a settlement

tank.

3 When choosing the settlement tank, the choice should be based on the following factors:

(a) The type of soil to be dewatered.

(b) Flow rate quantity and frequency.

(c) Possible peak factors flows.

(d) Retention time required for solids to settle. This will also be based on the soil type.

24.3.9 Settlement Tank Types

1 The common types of weir tanks used are Regular tank and V-notch tanks (30°, 60°, and

90°). The V-notch tanks serve to accelerate the passing of the effluent through the tank.

2 For safety purposes, it is recommended that tanks be suitably covered with a top cover or

specific lid, to ensure unauthorised access is not permitted.

3 It is important to note that sometimes these tanks are used onsite as a discharge tanks.

Therefore, it is important that tanks are used as settlement tanks and be marked clearly as

such.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 198/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 10Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24.3.10 Tank Size

1 In order to make a decision on the tank size, the volume of tank are to be estimated as per

the below equations.

2 The volumes calculated depend primarily on the retention time of water in the tank, and the

flow rate of discharge.

Equation

Tank volume V = Q tV: Volume (m

3)

Q: Expected flow rate (m3/hour)

t: retention period (hour)

The tank's depth d = V/Ad: depth (m)V: volume(m

3)

 A: surface area(m

2

)

3 It is important to note that these equations are to be used as a guide only, but do provide a

basis for calculating the minimum tank size required based on the flow rate provided by the

Contractor.

4 For fine grained type of soils, it is preferred to have secondary methods of treatment as

detailed below.

24.4 OTHER TREATMENT

24.4.1 Silt and Fine Grained Soils

1 For the removal of silt and fine grained suspended particles, the following inexpensive

methods can be effectively applied:

(a) Dewatering Tank:

a dewatering tank can remove sediment (sand, silt, and visible oil). The dewatering

tank is equipped with a fabric filter. The flow passes through the filter before being

discharged at the bottom end of the tank. The tank can be used in addition to the weir

tank or any other treatment method. It is portable, inexpensive and many types of filter

clothes can be used.

Yet, the dewatering tanks should be subjected to periodic cleaning based on the visual

inspection or reduced flow, through lifting the sand and silt from the tank.

(b) Gravity Bag Filter:

(Also known as dewatering bag) is made of geotextile fabric that can filter out silt and

fine grained soil particles. This filter is easy to install, inexpensive, and becomes more

effective as sediment builds up inside the bag. The type of bag should be selected

based on the flow rates of discharge and permeability of soil.

This method is to be used as a secondary treatment for groundwater. It requires

continuous monitoring to avoid hose failure, particularly if sediment builds up in amanner that interferes with the acquisition of a reasonable flow rate discharge.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 199/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 11Part 24: Construction Dewatering

The Gravity Bag Filter does not require cleaning, as it is a disposable filter. The filter is

to be disposed of in accordance with the waste management guidelines of the project.

The filter is to be replaced when it starts passing solids, or blocks the passing of water

at a rate that is adequate.

(c) Slurry Water

“The drilling [slurry] muds containing substantial quantities of organic liquids and

water-soluble salts are treated to render them environmentally acceptable for

disposal” (C M Wilwerding 1989) 

Slurry water occurrence is common during dewatering processes in Qatar. While there

is filtration equipment and water treatment technology available to treat slurry water,

these are best used in countries with a different climate to that of Qatar’s. 

2 The best option for treating slurry by filtration is using a Centrifugal Filter. However, as

previously mentioned, this is not a preferable to be used in Qatar as slurry can be dried

easily in a more environmentally friendly manner.

3 It is also important to note that even when treatment equipment is used, the resulting silt will

have to be disposed at a licensed landfill, along with having to dispose of the equipment at

its end of service life.

4 If the silt contains hazardous material, then a license should be issued from MoE as per the

procedures detailed in Annex (7.2) of the Qatari Law of Environment (Copy of the

procedures together with the form of application is provided in Appendix (C)). And if the silt

has no hazardous materials then the license shall be issued from the concerned

Municipality.

5 To eliminate the issues with incompatible equipment and hot climates, it is recommended

that treatment methods be designed to manage the slurry either onsite by drying the first

instance before transfer to landfill, or by transfer to the landfill directly.

6 The conventional drying process comprises laying out of slurry mud on an air permeable

drying bed lined with suitable material.

7 The drying process must commit to the following environmental considerations:

(a) Amount of slurry generated must not exceed the capacity of the spreading system.

(b) Drying process must not impose nuisance or emit odor.

(c) Drying process must not impose health and safety risks.

8 The choice of drying process, whether by using a centrifuge machine or a drying lagoon is

subject to project settings and expected amount of slurry to be generated.

9 The slurry handling process is to be submitted with the dewatering permit application if

generation of slurry is expected to occur.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 200/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 12Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24.4.2 Contamination of Groundwater

1 In the event of discovering the contamination of the receiving environment such as

groundwater by dewatering effluent, the contractor is obligated to report the discovery to the

licensing authority (ASHGHAL, MoE) and the effluent is to be dealt with as per the

construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). Samples of groundwater should be

taken and tested. Reasonable suspicion can be established by one of the following

methods:

(a) Possible history of contamination in the area; such as prior land use (eg. petrol

station), or the area is known to have septic tank issues.

(b) EIA: if there is an EIA prepared for the project, it should be reviewed and approved by

MoE in order to eliminate the possibility of contamination. If the EIA indicates the

presence of contamination, the Contractor is obligated to report the findings to MoE for

their feedback, and test for the type of contamination detected in the EIA.

(c) The Contractor shall use the following Water Quality Assessment to establish thepossibility of contamination in the area.

Water Quality Assessment

The following questions provide n initial assessment of the quality of the water to bedischarged from the dewatering operation.

CommonSense Test

1. Review the project records. Is there any reason to suspect that thewater may be polluted by something other than sediment?

No Yes 

2. Is the water located in an area of known contamination?

No Yes 

Sight TestDoes the water have an abnormal visual feature, such as: (circle)Oily Sheen, Floating Foam, Murky Appearance, UnusualColour Other  

Smell Test

Does the water have an odor? No YesPossible odors include gasoline, petroleum, ammonia, sewage,etc.

If you answered YES to any of the above questions, explain:If you answered YES to any of the questions in the assessment or suspect that thewater contains pollutants other than sediments, contact the Engineer for assistancewith additional testing and management options.

Water Quality Assessments** Adapted from Source: The office of Environmental Engineering, California Department ofTransportation (Caltrans), Field Guide to Construction Site Dewatering, USA, 2001.  In the event of discovering groundwater contamination, the Contractor is obligated to report thediscovery to the Engineer and Licensing Authority (MOE / ASHGHAL) and the effluent is to be dealtwith as per the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP), or as directed by theEngineer.

24.5 DISPOSAL OPTIONS

1 Qatar construction sites use four (4) common means of disposal, namely:

(a) Discharge to sea via the Surface and Groundwater Network;

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 201/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 13Part 24: Construction Dewatering

(b) Direct Discharge to the sea;

(c) (A) Discharge to lagoon totally covered by geotextile from all sides;

(B) Discharge to lagoon not covered, and;

(d) Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection).

2 The following section discusses the options available in Qatar in terms of dewatering effluent

disposal, and describes the best option depending on the circumstances of the project.

24.6 DISCHARGE TO SEA

24.6.1 Discharge to Sea via Surface and Groundwater Network

1 Disposal of dewatering effluent to the Surface and Groundwater Network is the most

common practice in Qatar. The Surface and Groundwater Network eventually leads to

outfalls that discharge to Sea.

2 The disposal to the network directly via pipelines, or via tankers, depends on the availability

of Surface and Groundwater Network in the project area.

3 The Surface and Groundwater Network is an acceptable option for disposal given that

Contractor is also reusing the effluent on site whenever possible.

4 If a Contractor chooses to discharge to the Surface and Groundwater Network, obtaining a

license from ASHGHAL is required to allow the discharge of groundwater to the Surface and

Groundwater Network. A license from the Ministry of Environment is also required through

the submission of an Environmental Permit Application.

5 Measurements of flow rates must be undertaken in order to monitor the discharge flow and

ensure that it is within the limits provided to the licensing authority (refer Appendix A  for

discharge limits).

6 The Contractor must provide the licensing authority with the maximum expected flow rate (i.e

the peak flow) and the expected average flow rate, in order to avoid back flooding when

flows exceed the capacity of the manhole assigned to the Contractor. Therefore, the

contractor should install a flow meter at the construction site in order to measure the

quantities of groundwater flow.

7 The Contractor should also notify the licensing authority if peak flows are expected to be

reached frequently during the winter season, particularly when heavy rain is forecast, so as

to avoid penalties if the manhole back floods.

8 If a Contractor is operating from an area which is not served by a Surface and Groundwater

Network, and determines that the most cost effective solution is to use tankers to transport

dewatering effluent to the nearest assigned manhole, the Contractor is then obligated to

provide a brief statement demonstrating the traffic impacts caused by their tankers.

9 If the resultant traffic impact proves to be significant, the Contractor is either to consider

other options of disposal, or retain dewatering effluent onsite and then transport the effluent

when traffic is less congested, therefore minimising traffic impacts.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 202/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 14Part 24: Construction Dewatering

10 In the event that tankers are used to transport dewatering effluent, in order to monitor

discharge to Surface and Groundwater Network the Contractor must record all particulars

associated with its removal, such as:

(a) Installing a flow meter at the construction site in order to measure the quantities of

groundwater flow.

(b) Record of tankers coming to and leaving the site (eg. registration plate no., capacity,

records of water quality)

(c) Volumes of effluent transported.

11 The recording of tanker movements is in addition to the installation of a meter on the

weir/sediment tank.

12 When applying for the discharge permit the following documents are required:

(a) Official letter from the company addressed to: The Manager of Drainage Networks

O&M Dept- Asset Affairs- ASHGHAL. (Includes start and end date of dewateringworks & method of statement for dewatering).

(b) Application form for pumping groundwater to be filled and stamped.

(c) Copy of building permit.

(d) Copy of the site map.

(e) Copy of ID card of the applicant’s engineer. 

(f) Copy of the registration company.

(g) Copy of Road Opening (RO) Permit.

(h) Copy of Traffic Department Approval, as part of the RO Permit

(i) Testing of samples, and conformation of compliant results prior to obtaining the two-

month permit. The Contractor must note that the sample testing is to be carried out

after obtaining the five-day temporary permit, and is to be submitted after the previous

requirements are submitted and a temporary permit is granted.

13 Once the application is submitted, the project is given a reference number which includes a

serial number, type of discharge (e.g groundwater) and the date of application. Drawing and

comments are then returned to the applicant for information and/or action and the applicant

will be advised the applicable disposal option and a manhole to be assigned for the

discharge.

14 The applicant is issued a temporary permit for five days. The purpose of the temporary

permit is to allow the applicant to obtain approvals from the concerned authorities, and install

the equipment in order to take water samples.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 203/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 15Part 24: Construction Dewatering

15 During the temporary dewatering permit; only discharge is allowed for collecting samples

and to proceed with other department requirements. All samples are taken by laboratory

representative from the list of laboratories approved by ASHGHAL and MOE; it’s prohibited

for samples to be taken by the Contractor. The collected samples should be tested for Total

Suspended Solids (TSS, turbidity and the short list of parameters included in Appendix A.Test results should be uploaded online to QSD by the laboratory. Yet, it should be

highlighted here that any testing activities are not only limited to the parameters provided on

the short list developed by QSD; it should also cover the list of parameters required by MOE

for dewatering permit. Approval is then granted if the test results meet the requirements of

discharge. The Quality Limits are attached in Appendix A.

16 If the installation requires a road crossing, a RO permit is required. If not, a RO is not

required. The applicant must obtain a license from the concerned authorities for installation

of all tanks and hoses.

17 Following the issuance of the permit, regular inspections by the O&M staff are carried out.

The Contractor is then required to undertake weekly laboratory tests for TSS and turbidity of

effluent samples, and bi-monthly tests prior to renewing the permit. Permit renewal request

should be submitted in 7 days advance before expiry day of the previous permit. The bi-

monthly tests are for TSS, turbidity and the short list of parameters included in Appendix A

together with the parameters  listed under Annex (4) of the law of Environment number

30/2002.

18 A copy of the Permitting Application and pro-forms are attached in Appendix C. 

19 Refer to Appendix D for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge to sea via

Surface and Groundwater network.

24.6.2 Direct Discharge to Sea

1 MOE is the licensing authority for discharging dewatering effluent direct to the Sea.

2 If a Contractor found that the applicable option for dewatering is the direct discharge to sea,

a secondary method of treatment must be installed to allow the dewatering effluent to settle

before reaching the discharge outfall point. The discharge to the outfall point is achieved

through the use of pipelines or transportation via tankers. Based on the number of tankers,

the transportation may be subjected to a traffic impact assessment study based on the

requirements of MOE.

3 The Contractor may therefore be subject to a number of pertinent laws and regulations:

4 When issuing direct sea discharge permits, MOE have the following concerns that need to

be addressed as per Annex 4 of the Qatari Law of Environment and the list of parameters

required by MOE for dewatering permit (included in Appendix A), which includes the test of

the following parameters:

(a) Bacterial counts

(b) Turbidity and TSS levels

(c) Presence of Petroleum compounds.

(d) Presence of heavy metals.(e) Others, as per MoE requirements.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 204/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 16Part 24: Construction Dewatering

5 Refer to Appendix D  for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the direct discharge to

sea. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included in Appendix E.

6 For more information, contact MoE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777

Fax + 974 4420 7000

Email [email protected]

24.6.3 Discharge to Lagoons:

A. Discharge to Lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides

1 Lagoons are licensed by MOE.

2 It is recommended that a lagoon totally covered with geotextile from all sides, formed in a

depressive area, is used in locations where it is logistically impossible or cost and socially

prohibitive to deliver effluent to the Surface and Groundwater Network using other means.

3 If Contractor chooses to discharge the dewatering effluent to a lagoon, license is given by

MOE. The dewatering to lagoons is mainly based on the requirements by MOE which is

given for case by case. The use of this option is depending on the water quality. Yet, the

general requirements of MOE can be summarised in the following information:

(a) Dewatering effluent quantity.

(b) Detailed Engineering drawings for the lagoon showing the geotextile lining of the

lagoon.

(c) Duration of dewatering discharge

(d) Dewatering effluent quality. Dewatering effluent quality is tested initially against the list

of parameters required by MoE for dewatering permit (included in Appendix A). And

then tested weekly. Monthly testing is also required for selected parameters.

(e) Coordinates of lagoon, inclusive of dewatering discharge points.

(f) Location map

(g) Others, as per MOE requirements.

4 Refer to Appendix D  for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through

the use of lagoons. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included inAppendix E.

5 For more information, contact MOE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777

Fax + 974 4420 7000

Email [email protected]

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 205/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 17Part 24: Construction Dewatering

B. Discharge to Lagoon not covered

6 The discharge to a logon which is not covered is depending on the discharged water quality.

Similar to the above option, the licensing authority for this option is the Ministry of

Environment. The list of parameters required by MOE for dewatering permit is included in

Appendix A. The general requirements of MOE are similar to the above option.

7 Refer to Appendix C  for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through

the use of lagoons. A copy of the environmental permit application form is included in

Appendix E.

8 For more information, contact MOE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777

Fax + 974 4420 7000

Email [email protected]

24.6.4 Discharge by injection to deep groundwater aquifer (Deep well injection)

1 Disposal by injection to groundwater aquifer is a common method in Qatar to dispose of

treated effluent of sewage treatment plants. Yet, the use of deep well injection for the

discharge of dewatering effluent to groundwater aquifer is also done in few big projects.

2 However and prior to the discharge to the deep well, a careful assessment of geological

conditions must be conducted in order to determine the suitable depth and location of porous

aquifer reservoirs and identifying the safe rate of injection to the deep aquifer. Generally, the

depth of the deep well should not be less than 400  – 600 m deep, which is the expected

depth of Umm Er Radhumma (UER) aquifer.

3 In all cases, MOE require the contractor to conduct an Environmental Assessment for the

impact from the project as soon as drilling of the deep well and the analysis of the samples is

achieved. This shall be done by a qualified consultant with previous experience in similar

projects.

4 The general requirements of MOE for the use of the deep well injection can be summarised

in the following information:

(a) Duration of dewatering discharge.

(b) Dewatering effluent quality. Dewatering effluent quality is tested initially against the

parameters specified in the standards for the water use for irrigation purpose of the

Qatari Law of Environment. And then periodically testing each week based on MoE

requirements.

(c) The parameters required for the physical, chemical, biological, microbiological

analysis includes but not limited to: EC, Temperature, DO, pH, Turbidity, FRC, TPH,

O&G, Sulphide, Metals, BOD, COD, TOC, surfactants, VOC, BETX, TDS, TSS, PAHs,

TAlk, Nitrate, Nitrite, Ammonia, TKN, Phosphorus, Chloride, Sodium, Sulphite, Total

Phenol, Carbonate, E-Coli, Faecal Coliform, Bacteria and SAR.

(d) A0 design map for the whole project including the location of the injection well and

network of shallow trenches connecting the wells.

(e) Comparison study between the use of the shallow networking and the perforated

pipelines.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 206/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 18Part 24: Construction Dewatering

(f) Drilling of monitoring wells to suitable depth to monitor the impact on the shallow

aquifer.

(g) Providing the injection wells with emergency valves to stop injection in case of

contamination.

5 Refer to Appendix D  for a flowchart of the permitting procedure for the discharge through

the use of deep well injection. A copy of the environmental permit application form is

included in Appendix E.

6 As mentioned above, the injection of dewatering effluent to groundwater aquifer is licensed

by MOE and is completely subject to their approval, therefore for further information, please

contact MOE on:

Telephone +974 4420 7777

Fax + 974 4420 7000

Email [email protected]

24.6.5 Groundwater Recycle & Reuse Onsite

1 It is recommended, where environmentally safe and cost effective, that dewatering effluent is

reused or recycled onsite.

2 The reuse options onsite will depend on a number of factors, including the type of project.

The contractor should propose the treatment in case the water is polluted by organic and

inorganic chemicals or subjected to biological contamination. The treatment should focus but

not limited to low DO, presence of Bacteria, elevated levels of TSS or turbidity and presence

of oil.

3 The CEMP should be used to identify all opportunities of reuse onsite. Yet, the options for

the reuse of the groundwater should be discussed with MOE and shall be subjected to the

approval by MOE.

4 Options could include but not be limited to:

(a) Control of dust onsite. (Subject to the level of safety and quality of dewatering

effluent).

(b) Reuse of dewatering effluent.

(c) Concrete curing.

(d) Excavation activities requiring water.

(e) Washing of machinery and site equipment.

(f) Watering of onsite landscaping, when the turbidity is very low to avoid compromising

the integrity of the soil.

(g) If the dewatering effluent quality is within limits of soil compaction parameters

requirements (refer to QCS), it can be used for soil compaction purposes.

5 Contractor to conduct a feasibility study to evaluate whether it’s feasible to erect an RO

system for dewatering effluent treatment, in order to use the dewatering effluent instead of

fresh potable water.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 207/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 19Part 24: Construction Dewatering

6 The feasibility study is to compare both options in terms of financial viability.

24.6.6 Integrated Management of Construction Dewatering

1 Construction dewatering practices are better managed if they are integrated with existing

construction management systems, such as a CEMP, monitoring plan and training

programmes. The dewatering practice will then form part of the regular construction

inspection/monitoring program.

24.6.7 Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)

1 The CEMP is prepared to minimise the impacts of the project and its activities on the

receiving environment. The CEMP is prepared prior to mobilising to site.

2 The Contractor should uses the geotechnical investigations and previous EIA (if applicable)

as guidelines when preparing the CEMP.

3 When dewatering activities are included within the project site, the preparation of the CEMP

should include the following:

(a) Identification of opportunities to reuse the dewatering effluent onsite in order to reduce

the amount of disposed effluent.

(b) Dewatering techniques being employed on site

(c) Disposal methods employed on-site and relevant monitoring plan to ensure

compliance with discharge limits.

(d) Copy of discharge limits.

(e) Roles and responsibilities of the Environmental Advisor on site.

4 Roles and responsibilities have to be clearly defined when designing a dewatering system.

These roles and responsibilities are to be submitted as an essential element to satisfy the

CEMP requirements when applying for the dewatering effluent discharge permit.

5 Refer to Appendix B for an example of inspection sheet for the dewatering process.

24.6.8 Monitoring Plan

1 The environmental monitoring plan is used to monitor the anticipated impacts of the project o

the surrounding and receiving environments. It is imperative that, should dewatering

activities exist on site, there is integration all testing and monitoring requirements.

2 Integration of monitoring plans may be between systems within individual sites or between

several sites, depending on management systems or owners

(a) Environmental monitoring plan: The environmental monitoring plan is to outline the

steps required for monitoring of construction dewatering practices. The integration of

dewatering practices into the monitoring plan will pave the way to introduce a

dewatering monitoring plan.

(b) The findings of the dewatering monitoring reports are to be summarised and included

in the environmental monitoring reports.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 208/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 20Part 24: Construction Dewatering

(c) The dewatering practices monitoring plan:  Introduction of a dewatering practices

monitoring plan, sampling points, variables, frequencies and reporting. This plan

should be cyclic which stands to be audited as part of the master environmental

monitoring plan. Corrective actions from audits are to be implemented to ensure

improved performance.

24.6.9 Training Plan

1 The integration of construction dewatering training into the training plan of the Contractor is

essential to introduce all staff to construction dewatering related information.

2 It is recommended that information on dewatering equipment and related emergencies are

included in the training provided to staff entering or working on the site.

3 The training for all staff does not have to be comprehensive; however, it should include basic

items such as:

(a) Brief explanation of the construction dewatering purpose

(b) Introduction to the dewatering equipment. Inclusion of photos in the training

presentation.

(c) Health and safety related concerns, education on related emergencies, and contact

information of person in charge of dewatering to be provided in the presentation.

4 Training for dewatering staff, however, should be the responsibility of the Project Consultant

and as per each Project needs and requirements. The training should be comprehensive and

should include all components dewatering staff need to be familiar with.

24.6.10 Odour Control

1 The odour levels have been given a threshold value as indicated in the Qatar Construction

Specifications (QCS). Therefore, it is highly recommended to measure the level of odour

parameters, a devise should be installed within the construction site to measure odour

parameters (eg: H2S). 

2 The QCS has identified two types of odour control equipment; control equipment carbon type

and control equipment scrubber type. Refer to Section 9 Part 9 and Part 10 for details.

24.6.11 Health & Safety Considerations

1 Health and safety issues are the most important part of any construction project. It is

recommended that health and safety measures in relation to dewatering practices are

enforced strictly, in order to prevent and/or minimise on-site accidents.

2 In addition to the conventional health and safety measures implemented in construction

sites, the following considerations are to be incorporated to contribute to the health and

safety practices relating to construction dewatering:

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 209/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 21Part 24: Construction Dewatering

24.6.12 Site Investigation

1 During the initial site investigations, the Contractor has to identify potential health and safety

risks in the project area. Examples of risks are: potential contamination posing health and

safety concern to labour workers and site staff, slope stability issues due to dewatering

practices... etc.

2 Identified risks have to be considered and mitigated against during design and execution of

dewatering.

3 This exercise can be undertaken during the Risk Assessment process as described earlier in

this Guideline.

24.6.13 Design Considerations

1 The design of dewatering stage is the most convenient stage to plan properly in order to

prevent foreseeable health and safety issues arising during operational dewatering.

2 All designs must take into account the health & safety considerations associated with

dewatering, which include but are not limited to:

(a) Preparation of layout plan for dewatering equipment.

(b) Ensure access to dewatering equipment, without compromising the safety of staff.

(c) Ensure that all dewatering equipment –especially equipment placed offsite- is marked

clearly with name of project and Contractor, and contact person details.

(d) Provide protective covers for assigned manholes which do not hinder the discharged

flow.

(e) The mandatory use of PPE. All staff entering a project’s safe zone have to be wearing

appropriate safety gear. This also applies to staff managing dewatering equipment

offsite.

(f) The Contractor is to exercise duty of care when designing, installing and operating the

dewatering equipment and process.

24.6.14 Housekeeping Considerations

1 It is recommended that during the regular inspection of projects, the licensing authority is to

observe the status of housekeeping of dewatering equipment. Inadequate housekeeping can

expose staff and visitors to injury.

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 210/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 22Part 24: Construction Dewatering

APPENDICES 

Appendix A: Short List of Parameters as provided by ASHGHAL- 23MoE list of Parameters for Dewatering Permit -Environmental Laws and Regulations- Annex 4, Law 30 of 2002

Appendix B: Dewatering Process Inspection Sheet 32 

Appendix C:  Discharge Permit Forms 36 

Appendix D:   Application for  Permit- Procedure Flowchart for  each Dewatering Option 40 

Appendix E:  Environmental Permit  Application- MoE 45 

 Appendix A 23 SHORT LIST OF PARAMETERS AS PROVIDED BY ASHGHAL 23MOE LIST OF PARAMETERS REQUIRED FOR DEWATERING PERMITS 23ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS‐ ANNEX 4, LAW 30 OF 2002 23

 Appendix B 32 DEWATERING PROCESS INSPECTION SHEET 32

 Appendix C 36 DISCHARGE PERMIT FORMS 36

 Appendix D 40  APPLICATION FOR PERMIT‐ PROCEDURE FLOWCHART FOREACH DEWATERING OPTION 40

 Appendix E 45 ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT APPLICATION‐ MOE 45

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 211/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 23Part 24: Construction Dewatering

Appendix A

Short List of Parameters as provided by Ashghal

MoE list of Parameters required for Dewatering Permits

Environmental Laws and Regulations‐ Annex 4, Law 30 of 2002

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 212/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 24Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 213/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 25Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 214/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 26Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 215/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 27Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 216/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 28Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 217/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 29Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 218/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 30Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 219/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 31Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 220/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 32Part 24: Construction Dewatering

Appendix B 

Dewatering Process Inspection Sheet

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 221/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 33Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 222/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 34Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 223/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 35Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 224/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 36Part 24: Construction Dewatering

Appendix C 

Discharge Permit Forms 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 225/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 37Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 226/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 38Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 227/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 39Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 228/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 40Part 24: Construction Dewatering

Appendix D 

 Application for Permit‐ Procedure Flowchart for each Dewatering Option

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 229/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 41Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 230/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 42Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 231/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 43Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 232/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 44Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 233/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 45Part 24: Construction Dewatering

Appendix E 

Environmental Permit Application‐ MoE 

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 234/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 46Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 235/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 47Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 236/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 48Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 237/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 49Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 238/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 50Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 239/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 51Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 240/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 52Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 241/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 53Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 242/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 54Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 243/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 55Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 244/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 56Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 245/246

QCS 2014 Section 01: General Page 57Part 24: Construction Dewatering

8/18/2019 Section 1 General

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/section-1-general 246/246